mirror of
https://github.com/fltk/fltk.git
synced 2026-05-26 01:46:58 +08:00
Doxygen pdf man: First version added in documentation/fltk.pdf, old doc removed, images, dox files moved to a new src directory.
git-svn-id: file:///fltk/svn/fltk/branches/branch-1.3@6431 ea41ed52-d2ee-0310-a9c1-e6b18d33e121
This commit is contained in:
+173
-50
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.5
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
||||
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish,
|
||||
# and Ukrainian.
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -155,13 +155,6 @@ QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DETAILS_AT_TOP tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will output the detailed description near the top, like JavaDoc.
|
||||
# If set to NO, the detailed description appears after the member
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
DETAILS_AT_TOP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
@@ -234,6 +227,15 @@ CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
@@ -259,6 +261,22 @@ SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -443,6 +461,18 @@ SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
@@ -453,6 +483,15 @@ SHOW_DIRECTORIES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
||||
# of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -513,14 +552,30 @@ WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = index.dox preface.dox intro.dox basics.dox common.dox \
|
||||
drawing.dox editor.dox events.dox subclassing.dox \
|
||||
opengl.dox fluid.dox advanced.dox unicode.dox \
|
||||
INPUT = src/index.dox \
|
||||
src/preface.dox \
|
||||
src/intro.dox \
|
||||
src/basics.dox \
|
||||
src/common.dox \
|
||||
src/drawing.dox \
|
||||
src/editor.dox \
|
||||
src/events.dox \
|
||||
src/subclassing.dox \
|
||||
src/opengl.dox \
|
||||
src/fluid.dox \
|
||||
src/advanced.dox \
|
||||
src/unicode.dox \
|
||||
../FL \
|
||||
../src \
|
||||
enumerations.dox glut.dox forms.dox osissues.dox \
|
||||
migration_1_1.dox migration_1_3.dox development.dox \
|
||||
license.dox examples.dox
|
||||
src/enumerations.dox \
|
||||
src/glut.dox \
|
||||
src/forms.dox \
|
||||
src/osissues.dox \
|
||||
src/migration_1_1.dox \
|
||||
src/migration_1_3.dox \
|
||||
src/development.dox \
|
||||
src/license.dox \
|
||||
src/examples.dox
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
@@ -553,7 +608,8 @@ RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = ../src/fl_font_win32.cxx ../src/fl_font_mac.cxx
|
||||
EXCLUDE = ../src/fl_font_win32.cxx \
|
||||
../src/fl_font_mac.cxx
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
||||
@@ -604,7 +660,7 @@ EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH = .
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH = ./src
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
@@ -653,13 +709,13 @@ INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -690,12 +746,6 @@ VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
@@ -759,12 +809,13 @@ HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
@@ -773,7 +824,8 @@ GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -791,13 +843,12 @@ DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
@@ -819,6 +870,12 @@ HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
@@ -830,6 +887,38 @@ BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
||||
# HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file .
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
||||
@@ -841,12 +930,20 @@ DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be
|
||||
# generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature.
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -856,6 +953,14 @@ GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -924,7 +1029,7 @@ USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
@@ -1132,9 +1237,9 @@ INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = FL_DOXYGEN \
|
||||
HAVE_CAIRO \
|
||||
HAVE_GL \
|
||||
HAVE_GL_OVERLAY \
|
||||
HAVE_CAIRO \
|
||||
HAVE_GL \
|
||||
HAVE_GL_OVERLAY \
|
||||
FL_EXPORT:=
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
@@ -1230,6 +1335,24 @@ HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
||||
# containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
@@ -1319,7 +1442,7 @@ DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
@@ -1340,10 +1463,10 @@ DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is enabled by default, which results in a transparent
|
||||
# background. Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option
|
||||
# may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they
|
||||
# become hard to read).
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Adjuster</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Adjuster>class Fl_Adjuster</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Valuator.html#Fl_Valuator>Fl_Valuator</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Adjuster</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Adjuster.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Adjuster</TT> widget was stolen from Prisms, and has proven
|
||||
to be very useful for values that need a large dynamic range.
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG SRC="adjuster1.gif" ALT="Fl_Adjuster widget."></P>
|
||||
<P>When you press a button and drag to the right the value increases.
|
||||
When you drag to the left it decreases. The largest button adjusts by
|
||||
<TT>100 * step()</TT>, the next by <TT>10 * step()</TT> and that
|
||||
smallest button by <TT>step()</TT>. Clicking on the buttons
|
||||
increments by 10 times the amount dragging by a pixel does. Shift +
|
||||
click decrements by 10 times the amount.
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Adjuster.Fl_Adjuster>Fl_Adjuster</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Adjuster.~Fl_Adjuster>~Fl_Adjuster</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Adjuster.soft>soft</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Adjuster.Fl_Adjuster>Fl_Adjuster::Fl_Adjuster(int x, int
|
||||
y, int w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Adjuster</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. It looks best if one of the dimensions is 3
|
||||
times the other.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Adjuster.~Fl_Adjuster>virtual Fl_Adjuster::~Fl_Adjuster()</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
Destroys the valuator.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Adjuster.soft>uchar Fl_Adjuster::soft() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Adjuster::soft(uchar)</A></H4>
|
||||
If "soft" is turned on, the user is allowed to drag the value outside
|
||||
the range. If they drag the value to one of the ends, let go, then
|
||||
grab again and continue to drag, they can get to any value. Default is
|
||||
one.
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_BMP_Image</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_BMP_Image">class Fl_BMP_Image</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href="Fl_RGB_Image.html">Fl_RGB_Image</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_BMP_Image</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_BMP_Image.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Additional Libraries</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
-lfltk_images / fltkimages.lib
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>Fl_BMP_Image</TT> class supports loading, caching,
|
||||
and drawing of Windows Bitmap (BMP) image files.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_BMP_Image.Fl_BMP_Image">Fl_BMP_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_BMP_Image.~Fl_BMP_Image">~Fl_BMP_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_BMP_Image.Fl_BMP_Image">Fl_BMP_Image::Fl_BMP_Image(const char *filename);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor loads the named BMP image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_BMP_Image.~Fl_BMP_Image">Fl_BMP_Image::~Fl_BMP_Image();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor free all memory and server resources that are used by
|
||||
the image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Bitmap</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_Bitmap">class Fl_Bitmap</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href="Fl_Image.html">Fl_Image</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Bitmap</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href="Fl_XBM_Image.html">Fl_XBM_Image</A>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Bitmap.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>Fl_Bitmap</TT> class supports caching and drawing of mono-color
|
||||
(bitmap) images. Images are drawn using the current color.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Bitmap.Fl_Bitmap">Fl_Bitmap</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Bitmap.~Fl_Bitmap">~Fl_Bitmap</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Bitmap.Fl_Bitmap">Fl_Bitmap::Fl_Bitmap(const char *array, int W, int H);<BR>
|
||||
Fl_Bitmap::Fl_Bitmap(const unsigned char *array, int W, int H);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructors create a new bitmap from the specified bitmap data.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Bitmap.~Fl_Bitmap">Fl_Bitmap::~Fl_Bitmap();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor free all memory and server resources that are used by
|
||||
the bitmap.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Box</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Box>class Fl_Box</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Widget.html#Fl_Widget>Fl_Widget</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Box</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Box.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This widget simply draws its box, and possibly it's label. Putting it
|
||||
before some other widgets and making it big enough to surround them
|
||||
will let you draw a frame around them.
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Box.Fl_Box>Fl_Box</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Box.~Fl_Box>~Fl_Box</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Box.Fl_Box>Fl_Box::Fl_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h,
|
||||
const char * = 0)
|
||||
<BR> Fl_Box::Fl_Box(Fl_Boxtype b, int x, int y, int w, int h, const
|
||||
char *)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first constructor sets <TT>box()</TT> to <TT>FL_NO_BOX</TT>, which
|
||||
means it is invisible. However such widgets are useful as placeholders
|
||||
or <A href="Fl_Group.html#Fl_Group.resizable"><TT>Fl_Group::resizable()</TT></A>
|
||||
values. To change the box to something visible, use <TT>box(n)</TT>.
|
||||
<P>The second form of the constructor sets the box to the specified box
|
||||
type. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Box.~Fl_Box>Fl_Box::~Fl_Box(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the box.
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Browser</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Browser>class Fl_Browser</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Browser_.html#Fl_Browser_>Fl_Browser_</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Browser</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href=Fl_File_Browser.html#Fl_File_Browser>Fl_File_Browser</A>, <A href=Fl_Hold_Browser.html#Fl_Hold_Browser>Fl_Hold_Browser</A>, <A href=Fl_Multi_Browser.html#Fl_Multi_Browser>Fl_Multi_Browser</A>, <A href=Fl_Select_Browser.html#Fl_Select_Browser>Fl_Select_Browser</A>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Browser.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Browser</TT> widget displays a scrolling list of text
|
||||
lines, and manages all the storage for the text. This is not a text
|
||||
editor or spreadsheet! But it is useful for showing a vertical list of
|
||||
named objects to the user.
|
||||
<P>Each line in the browser is identified by number. <I>The numbers
|
||||
start at one</I> (this is so that zero can be reserved for "no line" in
|
||||
the selective browsers). <I>Unless otherwise noted, the methods do not
|
||||
check to see if the passed line number is in range and legal. It must
|
||||
always be greater than zero and <= <TT>size()</TT>.</I></P>
|
||||
<P>Each line contains a null-terminated string of text and a <TT>void *</TT>
|
||||
data pointer. The text string is displayed, the <TT>void *</TT>
|
||||
pointer can be used by the callbacks to reference the object the text
|
||||
describes. </P>
|
||||
<P>The base class does nothing when the user clicks on it. The
|
||||
subclasses <A href=Fl_Select_Browser.html#Fl_Select_Browser><TT>
|
||||
Fl_Select_Browser</TT></A>, <A href=Fl_Hold_Browser.html#Fl_Hold_Browser>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Hold_Browser</TT></A>, and <A href=Fl_Multi_Browser.html#Fl_Multi_Browser>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Multi_Browser</TT></A> react to user clicks to select lines in
|
||||
the browser and do callbacks. </P>
|
||||
<P>The base class called <A href=Fl_Browser_.html#Fl_Browser_><TT>
|
||||
Fl_Browser_</TT></A> provides the scrolling and selection mechanisms of
|
||||
this and all the subclasses, but the dimensions and appearance of each
|
||||
item are determined by the subclass. You can use <TT>Fl_Browser_</TT>
|
||||
to display information other than text, or text that is dynamically
|
||||
produced from your own data structures. If you find that loading the
|
||||
browser is a lot of work or is inefficient, you may want to make a
|
||||
subclass of <TT>Fl_Browser_</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Browser methods">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.Fl_Browser>Fl_Browser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.~Fl_Browser>~Fl_Browser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.add>add</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.bottomline>bottomline</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.clear>clear</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.column_char>column_char</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.column_widths>column_widths</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.data>data</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.format_char>format_char</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.hide>hide</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.insert>insert</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.load>load</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.middleline>middleline</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.move>move</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.position>position</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.remove>remove</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.selected>selected</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.show>show</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.size>size</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.swap>swap</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.text>text</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD>
|
||||
<TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.topline>topline</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Browser.visible>visible</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.Fl_Browser>Fl_Browser::Fl_Browser(int, int, int,
|
||||
int, const char * = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
The constructor makes an empty browser.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.~Fl_Browser>Fl_Browser::~Fl_Browser(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor deletes all list items and destroys the browser.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.add>void Fl_Browser::add(const char *, void * =
|
||||
0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Add a new line to the end of the browser. The text is copied using
|
||||
the <TT>strdup()</TT> function. It may also be <TT>NULL</TT> to make a
|
||||
blank line. The <TT>void *</TT> argument is returned as the <TT>data()</TT>
|
||||
of the new item.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.bottomline>void Fl_Browser::bottomline(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
Scrolls the browser so the bottom line in the browser is <TT>n</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.clear>void Fl_Browser::clear()</A></H4>
|
||||
Remove all the lines in the browser.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.column_char>uchar Fl_Browser::column_char() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Browser::column_char(char c)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form gets the current column separator character. By default
|
||||
this is <TT>'\t'</TT> (tab).
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the column separator to <TT>c</TT>. This will
|
||||
only have an effect if you also set <TT>column_widths()</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.column_widths>const int
|
||||
*Fl_Browser::column_widths() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Browser::column_widths(const int *w)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form gets the current column width array. This array is
|
||||
zero-terminated and specifies the widths in pixels of each column. The
|
||||
text is split at each <TT>column_char()</TT> and each part is formatted
|
||||
into it's own column. After the last column any remaining text is
|
||||
formatted into the space between the last column and the right edge of
|
||||
the browser, even if the text contains instances of <TT>column_char()</TT>
|
||||
. The default value is a one-element array of just a zero, which makes
|
||||
there are no columns.
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the current array to <TT>w</TT>. Make sure the
|
||||
last entry is zero. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.data>void *Fl_Browser::data(int n) const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Browser::data(int n, void *)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the data for line <TT>n</TT>. If <TT>n</TT> is
|
||||
out of range this returns <TT>NULL</TT>.
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the data for line <TT>n</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.format_char>uchar Fl_Browser::format_char() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Browser::format_char(char c)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form gets the current format code prefix character, which by
|
||||
default is <TT>@</TT>. A string of formatting codes at the start of
|
||||
each column are stripped off and used to modify how the rest of the
|
||||
line is printed:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@.</CODE> Print rest of line, don't look for more '@' signs </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@@</CODE> Print rest of line starting with '@' </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@l</CODE> Use a <BIG>large</BIG> (24 point) font </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@m</CODE> Use a <BIG>medium large</BIG> (18 point) font </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@s</CODE> Use a <SMALL>small</SMALL> (11 point) font </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@b</CODE> Use a <B>bold</B> font (adds FL_BOLD to font) </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@i</CODE> Use an <I>italic</I> font (adds FL_ITALIC to font) </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@f</CODE> or <CODE>@t</CODE> Use a <CODE>fixed-pitch</CODE>
|
||||
font (sets font to FL_COURIER) </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@c</CODE> Center the line horizontally </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@r</CODE> Right-justify the text </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@B0, @B1, ... @B255</CODE> Fill the backgound with
|
||||
fl_color(n) </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@C0, @C1, ... @C255</CODE> Use fl_color(n) to draw the text </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@F0, @F1, ... </CODE> Use fl_font(n) to draw the text </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@S1, @S2, ... </CODE> Use point size n to draw the text </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@u</CODE> or <CODE>@_</CODE> Underline the text. </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>@-</CODE> draw an engraved line through the middle. </LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
Notice that the <CODE>@.</CODE> command can be used to reliably
|
||||
terminate the parsing. To print a random string in a random color, use <TT>
|
||||
sprintf("@C%d@.%s", color, string)</TT> and it will work even if the
|
||||
string starts with a digit or has the format character in it.
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the current prefix to <TT>c</TT>. Set the
|
||||
prefix to 0 to disable formatting. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.hide>void Fl_Browser::hide(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
Makes line <TT>n</TT> invisible, preventing selection by the user.
|
||||
The line can still be selected under program control.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.insert>void Fl_Browser::insert(int n, const char
|
||||
*, void * = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Insert a new line <I>before</I> line <TT>n</TT>. If <TT>n</TT> > <TT>
|
||||
size()</TT> then the line is added to the end.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.load>int Fl_Browser::load(const char *filename)</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
Clears the browser and reads the file, adding each line from the file
|
||||
to the browser. If the filename is <TT>NULL</TT> or a zero-length
|
||||
string then this just clears the browser. This returns zero if there
|
||||
was any error in opening or reading the file, in which case <TT>errno</TT>
|
||||
is set to the system error. The <TT>data()</TT> of each line is set
|
||||
to <TT>NULL</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.middleline>void Fl_Browser::middleline(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
Scrolls the browser so the middle line in the browser is <TT>n</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.move>void Fl_Browser::move(int to, int from)</A></H4>
|
||||
Line <TT>from</TT> is removed and reinserted at <TT>to</TT>; <TT>to</TT>
|
||||
is calculated after the line is removed.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.position>int Fl_Browser::position() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Browser::position(int p)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the current vertical scrollbar position, where
|
||||
0 corresponds to the top. If there is not vertical scrollbar then this
|
||||
will always return 0.
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the vertical scrollbar position to <TT>p</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.remove>void Fl_Browser::remove(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
Remove line <TT>n</TT> and make the browser one line shorter.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.selected>int Fl_Browser::selected(int n) const</A></H4>
|
||||
Return 1 if line <TT>n</TT> is selected, 0 if it not selected.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.show>void Fl_Browser::show(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
Makes line <TT>n</TT> visible for selection.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.size>int Fl_Browser::size() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns how many lines are in the browser. The last line number is
|
||||
equal to this.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.swap>void Fl_Browser::swap(int a, int b)</A></H4>
|
||||
Swaps two lines in the browser.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.text>const char *Fl_Browser::text(int n) const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Browser::text(int n, const char *)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the text for line <TT>n</TT>. If <TT>n</TT> is
|
||||
out of range it returns <TT>NULL</TT>.
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the text for line <TT>n</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.topline>int Fl_Browser::topline() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Browser::topline(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the current top line in the browser. If there
|
||||
is no vertical scrollbar then this will always return 1.
|
||||
<P>The second form scrolls the browser so the top line in the browser is <TT>n</TT>.</P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Browser.visible>int Fl_Browser::visible(int n) const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns a non-zero value if line <TT>n</TT> is visible. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Browser_</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_Browser_">class Fl_Browser_</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href="Fl_Group.html#Fl_Group">Fl_Group</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Browser_</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href=Fl_Browser.html#Fl_Browser>Fl_Browser</A>, <A href=Fl_Check_Browser.html#Fl_Check_Browser>Fl_Check_Browser</A>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Browser_.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This is the base class for browsers. To be useful it must be
|
||||
subclassed and several virtual functions defined. The Forms-compatible
|
||||
browser and the file chooser's browser are subclassed off of this.
|
||||
<P>This has been designed so that the subclass has complete control
|
||||
over the storage of the data, although because <TT>next()</TT> and <TT>
|
||||
prev()</TT> functions are used to index, it works best as a linked list
|
||||
or as a large block of characters in which the line breaks must be
|
||||
searched for. </P>
|
||||
<P>A great deal of work has been done so that the "height" of a data
|
||||
object does not need to be determined until it is drawn. This is
|
||||
useful if actually figuring out the size of an object requires
|
||||
accessing image data or doing <TT>stat()</TT> on a file or doing some
|
||||
other slow operation. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Browser_ methods">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.Fl_Browser_">Fl_Browser_</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.~Fl_Browser_">~Fl_Browser_</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.bbox">bbox</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.deleting">deleting</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.deselect">deselect</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.display">display</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.displayed">displayed</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.draw">draw</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.find_item">find_item</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.full_height">full_height</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.full_width">full_width</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.handle">handle</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.has_scrollbar">has_scrollbar</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.hposition">hposition</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.incr_height">incr_height</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.inserting">inserting</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_draw">item_draw</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_first">item_first</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_height">item_height</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_next">item_next</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_prev">item_prev</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_quick_height">item_quick_height</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_select">item_select</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_selected">item_selected</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.item_width">item_width</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.leftedge">leftedge</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.new_list">new_list</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.position">position</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.redraw_line">redraw_line</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.redraw_lines">redraw_lines</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.replacing">replacing</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.resize">resize</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.scrollbar_left">scrollbar_left</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.scrollbar_right">scrollbar_right</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.scrollbar_width">scrollbar_width</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.select">select</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.select_only">select_only</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.selection">selection</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.textcolor">textcolor</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.textfont">textfont</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.textsize">textsize</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Browser_.top">top</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Browser_.Fl_Browser_">Fl_Browser::Fl_Browser(int, int,
|
||||
int, int, const char * = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor makes an empty browser.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Browser_.~Fl_Browser_">Fl_Browser::~Fl_Browser(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor deletes all list items and destroys the browser.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.bbox">Fl_Browser_::bbox(int &x, int &y, int &w, int &h) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method returns the bounding box for the interior of the list, inside
|
||||
the scrollbars.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.deleting">Fl_Browser_::deleting(void *a)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method should be used when an item is deleted from the list.
|
||||
It allows the <TT>Fl_Browser_</TT> to discard any cached data it has
|
||||
on the item.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.deselect">int Fl_Browser_::deselect(int docb=0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Deselects all items in the list and returns 1 if the state changed
|
||||
or 0 if it did not.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If <TT>docb</TT> is non-zero, <TT>deselect</TT> tries to call the
|
||||
callback function for the widget.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.display">Fl_Browser_::display(void *p)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Displays item <TT>p</TT>, scrolling the list as necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.displayed">int Fl_Browser_::displayed(void *p) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method returns non-zero if item <TT>p</TT> is currently visible in
|
||||
the list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.draw">Fl_Browser_::draw()
|
||||
<BR>Fl_Browser_::draw(int x, int y, int w, int h)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> The first form draws the list within the normal widget bounding box.
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> The second form draws the contents of the browser within the
|
||||
specified bounding box.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.find_item">void *Fl_Browser_::find_item(int my)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method returns the item under mouse at <TT>my</TT>. If no item is
|
||||
displayed at that position then <TT>NULL</TT> is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.full_height">virtual int Fl_Browser_::full_height() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method may be provided by the subclass to indicate the full height
|
||||
of the item list in pixels. The default implementation computes the full
|
||||
height from the item heights.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.full_width">Fl_Browser_::full_width() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method may be provided by the subclass to indicate the full width
|
||||
of the item list in pixels. The default implementation computes the full
|
||||
width from the item widths.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.handle">Fl_Browser_::handle(int event)
|
||||
<BR>Fl_Browser_::handle(int event, int x, int y, int w, int h)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form handles an event within the normal widget bounding box.
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> The second form handles an event within the specified bounding box.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Browser_.has_scrollbar">void
|
||||
Fl_Browser_::has_scrollbar(int h)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>By default you can scroll in both directions, and the scrollbars
|
||||
disappear if the data will fit in the widget. has_scrollbar() changes
|
||||
this based on the value of <TT>h</TT>:
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><CODE>0</CODE> - No scrollbars.
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_Browser_::HORIZONTAL</CODE> - Only a horizontal
|
||||
scrollbar.
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_Browser_::VERTICAL</CODE> - Only a vertical
|
||||
scrollbar.
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_Browser_::BOTH</CODE> - The default is both
|
||||
scrollbars.
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_Browser_::HORIZONTAL_ALWAYS</CODE> - Horizontal
|
||||
scrollbar always on, vertical always off.
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_Browser_::VERTICAL_ALWAYS</CODE> - Vertical
|
||||
scrollbar always on, horizontal always off.
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_Browser_::BOTH_ALWAYS</CODE> - Both always on.
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.hposition">int Fl_Browser_::hposition() const
|
||||
<BR>Fl_Browser_::hposition(int h)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the horizontal scrolling position of the list,
|
||||
which is the pixel offset of the list items within the list
|
||||
area.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.incr_height">virtual int Fl_Browser_::incr_height() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method may be provided to return the average height of all items, to
|
||||
be used for scrolling. The default implementation uses the height of the first
|
||||
item.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.inserting">Fl_Browser_::inserting(void *a, void *b)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method should be used when an item is added to the list.
|
||||
It allows the <TT>Fl_Browser_</TT> to update its cache data as needed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_draw">virtual void Fl_Browser_::item_draw(void *p, int x, int y, int w, int h)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method must be provided by the subclass to draw the item
|
||||
<TT>p</TT> in the area indicated by <TT>x</TT>, <TT>y</TT>, <TT>w</TT>,
|
||||
and <TT>h</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_first">virtual void *Fl_Browser_::item_first() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method must be provided by the subclass to return the first item in
|
||||
the list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_height">virtual int Fl_Browser_::item_height(void *p) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method must be provided by the subclass to return the height of the
|
||||
item <TT>p</TT> in pixels. Allow for two additional pixels for the list
|
||||
selection box.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_next">virtual void *Fl_Browser_::item_next(void *p) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method must be provided by the subclass to return the item in
|
||||
the list after <TT>p</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_prev">virtual void *Fl_Browser_::item_prev(void *p) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method must be provided by the subclass to return the item in
|
||||
the list before <TT>p</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_quick_height">virtual int Fl_Browser_::item_quick_height(void *p) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method may be provided by the subclass to return the height of the
|
||||
item <TT>p</TT> in pixels. Allow for two additional pixels for the list
|
||||
selection box. This method differs from
|
||||
<A HREF="#Fl_Browser_.item_height"><TT>item_height</TT></A> in that it is only
|
||||
called for selection and scrolling operations. The default implementation
|
||||
calls <TT>item_height</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_select">virtual void Fl_Browser_::item_select(void *p, int s=1)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method must be implemented by the subclass if it supports
|
||||
multiple selections in the browser. The <TT>s</TT> argument specifies the
|
||||
selection state for item <TT>p</TT>: 0 = off, 1 = on.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_selected">virtual int Fl_Browser_::item_selected(void *p) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method must be implemented by the subclass if it supports
|
||||
multiple selections in the browser. The method should return 1 if <TT>p</TT>
|
||||
is selected and 0 otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.item_width">virtual int Fl_Browser_::item_width(void *p) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method must be provided by the subclass to return the width of the
|
||||
item <TT>p</TT> in pixels. Allow for two additional pixels for the list
|
||||
selection box.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.leftedge">int Fl_Browser_::leftedge() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method returns the X position of the left edge of the list area
|
||||
after adjusting for the scrollbar and border, if any.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.new_list">Fl_Browser_::new_list()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method should be called when the list data is completely replaced
|
||||
or cleared. It informs the <TT>Fl_Browser_</TT> widget that any cached
|
||||
information it has concerning the items is invalid.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.position">int Fl_Browser_::position() const
|
||||
<BR>Fl_Browser_::position(int v) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the vertical scrolling position of the list,
|
||||
which is the pixel offset of the list items within the list
|
||||
area.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.redraw_line">Fl_Browser_::redraw_line(void *p)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method should be called when the contents of an item have changed
|
||||
but not changed the height of the item.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.redraw_lines">Fl_Browser_::redraw_lines()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method will cause the entire list to be redrawn.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.replacing">Fl_Browser_::replacing(void *a, void *b)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> This method should be used when an item is replaced in the list.
|
||||
It allows the <TT>Fl_Browser_</TT> to update its cache data as needed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.resize">Fl_Browser_::resize(int x, int y, int w, int h)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Repositions and/or resizes the browser.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.scrollbar_left">Fl_Browser_::scrollbar_left()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method moves the vertical scrollbar to the lefthand side of the list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.scrollbar_right">Fl_Browser_::scrollbar_right()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method moves the vertical scrollbar to the righthand side of the list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.scrollbar_width">static void Fl_Browser_::scrollbar_width(int sw);</A><BR>
|
||||
static int Fl_Browser_::scrollbar_width() const;</H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the width of any scrollbars that are used.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.select">int Fl_Browser_::select(void *p, int s=1, int docb=0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets the selection state of item <TT>p</TT> to <TT>s</TT> and
|
||||
returns 1 if the state changed or 0 if it did not.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If <TT>docb</TT> is non-zero, <TT>select</TT> tries to call the callback
|
||||
function for the widget.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.select_only">Fl_Browser_::select_only(void *p, int docb=0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Selects item <TT>p</TT> and returns 1 if the state changed or 0 if it did
|
||||
not. Any other items in the list are deselected.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If <TT>docb</TT> is non-zero, <TT>select_only</TT> tries to call the
|
||||
callback function for the widget.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.selection">void *Fl_Browser_::selection() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> Returns the item currently selected, or NULL if there is no selection.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>For multiple selection browsers this call returns the currently focused item,
|
||||
even if it is not selected. To find all selected items, call
|
||||
<TT><A href=Fl_Multi_Browser.html#Fl_Multi_Browser.select>
|
||||
Fl_Multi_Browser::selected()</A></TT> for every item in question.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Browser_.textcolor">Fl_Color Fl_Browser_::textcolor() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Browser_::textcolor(Fl_Color color)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form gets the default text color for the lines in the
|
||||
browser.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the default text color to <TT>color</TT></P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Browser_.textfont">Fl_Font Fl_Browser_::textfont() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Browser_::textfont(Fl_Font font)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form gets the default text font for the lines in the
|
||||
browser.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the default text font to <TT>font</TT></P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Browser_.textsize">uchar Fl_Browser_::textsize() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Browser_::textsize(uchar size)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form gets the default text size for the lines in the
|
||||
browser.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the default text size to <TT>size</TT></P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Browser_.top">void *Fl_Browser_::top() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><tt>[protected]</tt> Returns the item the appears at the top of the list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Button</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Button>class Fl_Button</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Widget.html#Fl_Widget>Fl_Widget</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Button</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href=Fl_Check_Button.html#Fl_Check_Button>Fl_Check_Button</A>, <A href=Fl_Light_Button.html#Fl_Light_Button>Fl_Light_Button</A>, <A href=Fl_Repeat_Button.html#Fl_Repeat_Button>Fl_Repeat_Button</A>,
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Return_Button.html#Fl_Return_Button>Fl_Return_Button</A>, <A href=Fl_Round_Button.html#Fl_Round_Button>Fl_Round_Button</A>, <A href=Fl_Toggle_Button.html#Fl_Toggle_Button>Fl_Toggle_Button</A>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Button.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
<P>Buttons generate callbacks when they are clicked by the user. You
|
||||
control exactly when and how by changing the values for <TT>type()</TT>
|
||||
and <TT>when()</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<P>Buttons can also generate callbacks in response to <TT>FL_SHORTCUT</TT>
|
||||
events. The button can either have an explicit <A href=#Fl_Button.shortcut>
|
||||
<TT>shortcut()</TT></A> value or a letter shortcut can be indicated in
|
||||
the <TT>label()</TT> with an '&' character before it. For the label
|
||||
shortcut it does not matter if <I>Alt</I> is held down, but if you have
|
||||
an input field in the same window, the user will have to hold down the <I>
|
||||
Alt</I> key so that the input field does not eat the event first as an <TT>
|
||||
FL_KEYBOARD</TT> event. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Button methods">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.Fl_Button>Fl_Button</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.~Fl_Button>~Fl_Button</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.clear>clear</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.down_box>down_box</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.set>set</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.setonly>setonly</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.shortcut>shortcut</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.type>type</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Button.when>when</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.Fl_Button>Fl_Button::Fl_Button(int x, int y, int
|
||||
w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
The constructor creates the button using the position, size, and
|
||||
label.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.~Fl_Button>Fl_Button::~Fl_Button(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the button.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.clear>int Fl_Button::clear()</A></H4>
|
||||
Same as <TT>value(0)</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.down_box>Fl_Boxtype Fl_Button::down_box() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Button::down_box(Fl_Boxtype bt)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the current down box type, which is drawn when <TT>
|
||||
value()</TT> is non-zero.
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the down box type. The default value of 0
|
||||
causes FLTK to figure out the correct matching down version of <TT>box()</TT>
|
||||
. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.set>int Fl_Button::set()</A></H4>
|
||||
Same as <TT>value(1)</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.setonly>void Fl_Button::setonly()</A></H4>
|
||||
Turns on this button and turns off all other radio buttons in the
|
||||
group (calling <TT>value(1)</TT> or <TT>set()</TT> does not do this).
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.shortcut>ulong Fl_Button::shortcut() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Button::shortcut(ulong key)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the current shortcut key for the button.
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the shortcut key to <TT>key</TT>. Setting this
|
||||
overrides the use of '&' in the <TT>label()</TT>. The value is a bitwise
|
||||
OR of a key and a set of shift flags, for example <CODE>FL_ALT | 'a'</CODE>
|
||||
, <CODE>FL_ALT | (FL_F + 10)</CODE>, or just <CODE>'a'</CODE>. A value
|
||||
of 0 disables the shortcut. </P>
|
||||
<P>The key can be any value returned by <A href="Fl.html#Fl.event_key">
|
||||
<TT>Fl::event_key()</TT></A>, but will usually be an ASCII letter. Use
|
||||
a lower-case letter unless you require the shift key to be held down. </P>
|
||||
<P>The shift flags can be any set of values accepted by <A href="Fl.html#Fl.event_state">
|
||||
<TT>Fl::event_state()</TT></A>. If the bit is on that shift key must
|
||||
be pushed. Meta, Alt, Ctrl, and Shift must be off if they are not in
|
||||
the shift flags (zero for the other bits indicates a "don't care"
|
||||
setting). </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.type>uchar Fl_Button::type() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Button::type(uchar t)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form of <TT>type()</TT> returns the current button type,
|
||||
which can be one of:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>0</CODE>: The value is unchanged. </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>FL_TOGGLE_BUTTON</CODE>: The value is inverted. </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>FL_RADIO_BUTTON</CODE>: The value is set to 1, and all other
|
||||
buttons in the current group with <CODE>type() == FL_RADIO_BUTTON</CODE>
|
||||
are set to zero. </LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
The second form sets the button type to <TT>t</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.value>char Fl_Button::value() const
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Button::value(int)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the current value (0 or 1). The second form
|
||||
sets the current value.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Button.when>Fl_When Fl_Widget::when() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Widget::when(Fl_When w)</A></H4>
|
||||
Controls when callbacks are done. The following values are useful,
|
||||
the default value is <CODE>FL_WHEN_RELEASE</CODE>:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>0</CODE>: The callback is not done, instead changed() is
|
||||
turned on. </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>FL_WHEN_RELEASE</CODE>: The callback is done after the user
|
||||
successfully clicks the button, or when a shortcut is typed. </LI>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>FL_WHEN_CHANGED </CODE>: The callback is done each time the
|
||||
value() changes (when the user pushes and releases the button, and as
|
||||
the mouse is dragged around in and out of the button). </LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Chart</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Chart>class Fl_Chart</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Widget.html#Fl_Widget>Fl_Widget</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Chart</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Chart.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This widget displays simple charts and is provided for Forms compatibility.
|
||||
<CENTER><IMG src="charts.gif" width="80%" alt="Fl_Chart widget"></CENTER>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Chart methods.">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.Fl_Chart>Fl_Chart</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.~Fl_Chart>~Fl_Chart</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.add>add</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.autosize>autosize</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.bounds>bounds</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.clear>clear</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.insert>insert</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.maxsize>maxsize</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.replace>replace</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.size>size</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Chart.type>type</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.Fl_Chart>Fl_Chart::Fl_Chart(int x, int y, int w,
|
||||
int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Chart</TT> widget using the given position, size,
|
||||
and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_NO_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.~Fl_Chart>virtual Fl_Chart::~Fl_Chart()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the <TT>Fl_Chart</TT> widget and all of its data.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.add>void add(double value, const char *label =
|
||||
NULL, uchar color = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>add</TT> method adds the <TT>value</TT> and optionally <TT>
|
||||
label</TT> and <TT>color</TT> to the chart.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.autosize>uchar autosize(void) const
|
||||
<BR> void autosize(uchar onoff)</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>autosize</TT> method controls whether or not the chart will
|
||||
automatically adjust the bounds of the chart. The first form returns a
|
||||
boolean value that is non-zero if auto-sizing is enabled and zero is
|
||||
auto-sizing is disabled.
|
||||
<P>The second form of <TT>autosize</TT> sets the auto-sizing property
|
||||
to <TT>onoff</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.bounds>void bounds(double *a, double *b)
|
||||
<BR> void bounds(double a, double b)</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>bounds</TT> method gets or sets the lower and upper bounds of
|
||||
the chart values to <TT>a</TT> and <TT>b</TT> respectively.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.clear>void clear(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>clear</TT> method removes all values from the chart.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.insert>void insert(int pos, double value, const
|
||||
char *label = NULL, uchar color = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>insert</TT> method inserts a data value at the given position <TT>
|
||||
pos</TT>. Position 1 is the first data value.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.maxsize>int maxsize(void) const
|
||||
<BR> void maxsize(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>maxsize</TT> method gets or sets the maximum number of data
|
||||
values for a chart. If you do not call this method then the chart will
|
||||
be allowed to grow to any size depending on available memory.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.replace>void replace(int pos, double value, const
|
||||
char *label = NULL, uchar color = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>replace</TT> method replaces data value <TT>pos</TT> with <TT>
|
||||
value</TT>, <TT>label</TT>, and <TT>color</TT>. Position 1 is the
|
||||
first data value.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.size>int size(void) const</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>size</TT> method returns the number of data values in the
|
||||
chart.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Chart.type>uchar type() const
|
||||
<BR> void type(uchar t)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form of <TT>type()</TT> returns the current chart type. The
|
||||
chart type can be one of the following:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>FL_BAR_CHART</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Each sample value is drawn as a vertical bar.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>FL_FILLED_CHART</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The chart is filled from the bottom of the graph to the sample
|
||||
values.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>FL_HORBAR_CHART</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Each sample value is drawn as a horizontal bar.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>FL_LINE_CHART</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The chart is drawn as a polyline with vertices at each sample
|
||||
value.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>FL_PIE_CHART</DT>
|
||||
<DD>A pie chart is drawn with each sample value being drawn as a
|
||||
proportionate slice in the circle.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>FL_SPECIALPIE_CHART</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Like FL_PIE_CHART, but the first slice is separated from the pie.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>FL_SPIKE_CHART</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Each sample value is drawn as a vertical line.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
The second form of <TT>type()</TT> sets the chart type to <TT>t</TT>.
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Check_Browser</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Check_Browser>class Fl_Check_Browser</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Browser_.html#Fl_Browser_>Fl_Browser_</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Check_Browser</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Check_Browser.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Check_Browser</TT> widget displays a scrolling list of text
|
||||
lines that may be selected and/or checked by the user.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Check_Browser methods">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.Fl_Check_Browser>Fl_Check_Browser</A></LI>
|
||||
<!-- <LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.~Fl_Check_Browser>~Fl_Check_Browser</A></LI>-->
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.add>add</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.check_all>check_all</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.check_none>check_none</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.checked>checked</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.clear>clear</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.nchecked>nchecked</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.nitems>nitems</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.remove>remove</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.set_checked>set_checked</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.text>text</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Browser.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.Fl_Check_Browser>Fl_Check_Browser::Fl_Check_Browser(int, int, int, int, const char * = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
The constructor makes an empty browser.
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.~Fl_Check_Browser>Fl_Check_Browser::~Fl_Check_Browser(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor deletes all list items and destroys the browser.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.add>int Fl_Check_Browser::add(const char *)<BR>
|
||||
int Fl_Check_Browser::add(const char *, int)</A></H4>
|
||||
Add a new unchecked line to the end of the browser. The text is copied
|
||||
using the <TT>strdup()</TT> function. It may also be <TT>NULL</TT> to make
|
||||
a blank line. The second form can set the item checked.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.check_all>void Fl_Check_Browser::check_all()</A></H4>
|
||||
Sets all the items checked.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.check_none>void Fl_Check_Browser::check_none()</A></H4>
|
||||
Sets all the items unchecked.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.checked>int Fl_Check_Browser::checked(int item) const<BR>
|
||||
void Fl_Check_Browser::checked(int item, int b)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form gets the current status of item <TT>item</TT>. The second form
|
||||
sets the check status of item <TT>item</TT> to <TT>b</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.clear>void Fl_Check_Browser::clear()</A></H4>
|
||||
Remove every item from the browser.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.nchecked>int Fl_Check_Browser::nchecked() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns how many items are currently checked.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.nitems>int Fl_Check_Browser::nitems() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns how many lines are in the browser. The last line number is equal to
|
||||
this.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.remove>int Fl_Check_Browser::remove(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
Remove line <TT>n</TT> and make the browser one line shorter. Returns the
|
||||
number of lines left in the browser.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.set_checked>void Fl_Check_Browser::set_checked(int item)</A></H4>
|
||||
Equivalent to <TT>Fl_Check_Browser::checked(item, 1)</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.text>char *Fl_Check_Browser::text(int item) const</A></H4>
|
||||
Return a pointer to an internal buffer holding item <TT>item</TT>'s text.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Browser.value>int Fl_Check_Browser::value() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the index of the currently selected item.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Check_Button</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Check_Button>class Fl_Check_Button</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Button.html#Fl_Button>Fl_Button</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Check_Button</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Check_Button.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
Buttons generate callbacks when they are clicked by the user. You
|
||||
control exactly when and how by changing the values for <TT>type()</TT>
|
||||
and <TT>when()</TT>.
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG SRC="Fl_Check_Button.gif" ALT="Fl_Check_Button widget"></P>
|
||||
<P>The <TT>Fl_Check_Button</TT> subclass display the "on" state by
|
||||
turning on a light, rather than drawing pushed in. The shape of the
|
||||
"light" is initially set to FL_DIAMOND_DOWN_BOX. The color of the
|
||||
light when on is controlled with <TT>selection_color()</TT>, which
|
||||
defaults to FL_RED.</P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Button.Fl_Check_Button>Fl_Check_Button</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Check_Button.~Fl_Check_Button>~Fl_Check_Button</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Button.Fl_Check_Button>
|
||||
Fl_Check_Button::Fl_Check_Button(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char
|
||||
*label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Check_Button</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label string.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Check_Button.~Fl_Check_Button>
|
||||
Fl_Check_Button::~Fl_Check_Button()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor deletes the check button. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Choice</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Choice>class Fl_Choice</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Menu_.html#Fl_Menu_>Fl_Menu_</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Choice</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Choice.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This is a button that when pushed pops up a menu (or hierarchy of
|
||||
menus) defined by an array of <A href=Fl_Menu_Item.html#Fl_Menu_Item><TT>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item</TT></A> objects. Motif calls this an OptionButton.
|
||||
<P>The only difference between this and a <A href=Fl_Menu_Button.html#Fl_Menu_Button>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Menu_Button</TT></A> is that the name of the most recent chosen
|
||||
menu item is displayed inside the box, while the label is displayed
|
||||
outside the box. However, since the use of this is most often to
|
||||
control a single variable rather than do individual callbacks, some of
|
||||
the <TT>Fl_Menu_Button</TT> methods are redescribed here in those
|
||||
terms. </P>
|
||||
<P>When the user picks an item off the menu the <TT>value()</TT>
|
||||
is set to that item and then the item's callback is done with
|
||||
the menu_button as the <TT>Fl_Widget*</TT> argument. If the
|
||||
item does not have a callback the menu_button's callback is done
|
||||
instead. </P>
|
||||
<P>All three mouse buttons pop up the menu. The Forms behavior of the
|
||||
first two buttons to increment/decrement the choice is not implemented.
|
||||
This could be added with a subclass, however. </P>
|
||||
<P>The menu will also pop up in response to shortcuts indicated by
|
||||
putting a '&' character in the <TT>label()</TT>. See <A href=Fl_Button.html#Fl_Button>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Button</TT></A> for a description of this. </P>
|
||||
<P>Typing the <TT>shortcut()</TT> of any of the items will do exactly
|
||||
the same as when you pick the item with the mouse. The '&' character in
|
||||
item names are only looked at when the menu is popped up, however. </P>
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG src="choice.gif" ALT="Fl_Choice widget."></P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Choice.Fl_Choice>Fl_Choice</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Choice.~Fl_Choice>~Fl_Choice</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Choice.clear_changed>clear_changed</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Choice.changed>changed</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Choice.down_box>down_box</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Choice.set_changed>set_changed</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Choice.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Choice.Fl_Choice>Fl_Choice::Fl_Choice(int x, int y, int
|
||||
w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Choice</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_UP_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<P>The constructor sets <TT>menu()</TT> to <TT>NULL</TT>. See <A href=Fl_Menu_.html#Fl_Menu_>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Menu_</TT></A> for the methods to set or change the menu. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Choice.~Fl_Choice>virtual Fl_Choice::~Fl_Choice()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the <TT>Fl_Choice</TT> widget and all of its
|
||||
menu items.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Choice.value>int Fl_Choice::value() const
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Choice::value(int)
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Choice::value(const Fl_Menu *)</A></H4>
|
||||
The value is the index into the <TT>Fl_Menu</TT> array of the last
|
||||
item chosen by the user. It is zero initially. You can set it as an
|
||||
integer, or set it with a pointer to a menu item. The set routines
|
||||
return non-zero if the new value is different than the old one.
|
||||
Changing it causes a <TT>redraw()</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Choice.changed>int Fl_Widget::changed() const</A></H4>
|
||||
This value is true if the user picks a different value. <I>It is
|
||||
turned off by <TT>value()</TT> and just before doing a callback (the
|
||||
callback can turn it back on if desired).</I>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Choice.set_changed>void Fl_Widget::set_changed()</A></H4>
|
||||
This method sets the <TT>changed()</TT> flag.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Choice.clear_changed>void Fl_Widget::clear_changed()</A></H4>
|
||||
This method clears the <TT>changed()</TT> flag.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Choice.down_box>Fl_Boxtype Fl_Choice::down_box() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Choice::down_box(Fl_Boxtype b)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form gets the current down box, which is used when the menu
|
||||
is popped up. The default down box type is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT> The
|
||||
second form sets the current down box type to <TT>b</TT>. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Clock</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Clock>class Fl_Clock</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Clock_Output.html#Fl_Clock_Output>Fl_Clock_Output</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Clock</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Clock.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This widget provides a round analog clock display and is provided for
|
||||
Forms compatibility. It installs a 1-second timeout callback using <A href="Fl.html#Fl.add_timeout">
|
||||
<TT>Fl::add_timeout()</TT></A>.
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG src="clock.gif" ALT="Fl_Clock widget."> <IMG src="round_clock.gif" ALT="Fl_Clock widget."></P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock.Fl_Clock>Fl_Clock</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock.~Fl_Clock>~Fl_Clock</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock.hour>hour</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock.minute>minute</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock.second>second</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock.Fl_Clock>Fl_Clock::Fl_Clock(int x, int y, int w,
|
||||
int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Clock</TT> widget using the given position, size,
|
||||
and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_NO_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock.~Fl_Clock>virtual Fl_Clock::~Fl_Clock()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the clock.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock.hour>int Fl_Clock_Output::hour() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current hour (0 to 23).
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock.minute>int Fl_Clock_Output::minute() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current minute (0 to 59).
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock.second>int Fl_Clock_Output::second() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current second (0 to 60, 60 = leap second).
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock.value>ulong Fl_Clock::value(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the displayed time in seconds since the UNIX epoch (January 1, 1970).
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Clock_Output</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Clock_Output>class Fl_Clock_Output</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Widget.html#Fl_Widget>Fl_Widget</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Clock_Output</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href=Fl_Clock.html#Fl_Clock>Fl_Clock</A>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Clock.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This widget can be used to display a program-supplied time.
|
||||
The time shown on the clock is not updated.
|
||||
To display the current time, use <TT><A href=Fl_Clock.html#Fl_Clock>Fl_Clock</A></TT>
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock_Output.Fl_Clock_Output>Fl_Clock_Output</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock_Output.~Fl_Clock_Output>~Fl_Clock_Output</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock_Output.hour>hour</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock_Output.minute>minute</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock_Output.second>second</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Clock_Output.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock_Output.Fl_Clock_Output>Fl_Clock_Output::Fl_Clock_Output(int x, int y, int w,
|
||||
int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Clock_Output</TT> widget using the given position, size,
|
||||
and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_NO_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock_Output.~Fl_Clock_Output>virtual Fl_Clock_Output::~Fl_Clock_Output()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the clock.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock_Output.hour>int Fl_Clock_Output::hour() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current hour (0 to 23).
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock_Output.minute>int Fl_Clock_Output::minute() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current minute (0 to 59).
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock_Output.second>int Fl_Clock_Output::second() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current second (0 to 60, 60 = leap second).
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Clock_Output.value>void Fl_Clock_Output::value(ulong v)
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Clock_Output::value(int h, int m, int s)
|
||||
<BR> ulong Fl_Clock_Output::value(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first two forms of <TT>value</TT> set the displayed time to the
|
||||
given UNIX time value or specific hours, minutes, and seconds.
|
||||
<P>The third form of <TT>value</TT> returns the displayed time in
|
||||
seconds since the UNIX epoch (January 1, 1970). </P>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Color_Chooser</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser>class Fl_Color_Chooser</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Group.html#Fl_Group>Fl_Group</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Color_Chooser</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Color_Chooser.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Color_Chooser</TT> widget provides a standard RGB color
|
||||
chooser. You can place any number of these into a panel of your own
|
||||
design. This widget contains the hue box, value slider, and rgb input
|
||||
fields from the above diagram (it does not have the color chips or the
|
||||
Cancel or OK buttons). The callback is done every time the user
|
||||
changes the rgb value. It is not done if they move the hue control in
|
||||
a way that produces the <I>same</I> rgb value, such as when saturation
|
||||
or value is zero.
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.Fl_Color_Chooser>Fl_Color_Chooser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.~Fl_Color_Chooser>~Fl_Color_Chooser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.b>b</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.g>g</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.hsv2rgb>hsv2rgb</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.hsv>hsv</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.hue>hue</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.rgb2hsv>rgb2hsv</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.rgb>rgb</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.r>r</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.saturation>saturation</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Color_Chooser.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.Fl_Color_Chooser>
|
||||
Fl_Color_Chooser::Fl_Color_Chooser(int x, int y, int w, int h, const
|
||||
char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Color_Chooser</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label string. The recommended dimensions are
|
||||
200x95. The color is initialized to black.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.~Fl_Color_Chooser>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Color_Chooser::~Fl_Color_Chooser()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the color chooser and all of its controls.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.hue>double Fl_Color_Chooser::hue() const</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
Return the current hue. 0 <= hue < 6. Zero is red, one is yellow,
|
||||
two is green, etc. <I>This value is convienent for the internal
|
||||
calculations - some other systems consider hue to run from zero to one,
|
||||
or from 0 to 360.</I>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.saturation>double
|
||||
Fl_Color_Chooser::saturation() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the saturation. 0 <= saturation <= 1.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.value>double Fl_Color_Chooser::value()
|
||||
const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the value/brightness. 0 <= value <= 1.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.r>double Fl_Color_Chooser::r() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current red value. 0 <= r <= 1.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.g>double Fl_Color_Chooser::g() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current green value. 0 <= g <= 1.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.b>double Fl_Color_Chooser::b() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current blue value. 0 <= b <= 1.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.rgb>int Fl_Color_Chooser::rgb(double,
|
||||
double, double)</A></H4>
|
||||
Sets the current rgb color values. Does not do the callback. Does
|
||||
not clamp (but out of range values will produce psychedelic effects in
|
||||
the hue selector).
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.hsv>int
|
||||
Fl_Color_Chooser::hsv(double,double,double)</A></H4>
|
||||
Set the hsv values. The passed values are clamped (or for hue,
|
||||
modulus 6 is used) to get legal values. Does not do the callback.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.hsv2rgb>static void
|
||||
Fl_Color_Chooser::hsv2rgb(double, double, double, double&, double&,
|
||||
double&)</A></H4>
|
||||
This <I>static</I> method converts HSV colors to RGB colorspace.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Color_Chooser.rgb2hsv>static void
|
||||
Fl_Color_Chooser::rgb2hsv(double, double, double, double&, double&,
|
||||
double&)</A></H4>
|
||||
This <I>static</I> method converts RGB colors to HSV colorspace. </BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Counter</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Counter>class Fl_Counter</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Valuator.html#Fl_Valuator>Fl_Valuator</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Counter</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Counter.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Counter</TT> widget is provided for forms compatibility.
|
||||
It controls a single floating point value.
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG src="counter.gif" ALT="Fl_Counter widget."></P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Counter.Fl_Counter>Fl_Counter</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Counter.~Fl_Counter>~Fl_Counter</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Counter.lstep>lstep</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Counter.type>type</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Counter.Fl_Counter>Fl_Counter::Fl_Counter(int x, int y,
|
||||
int w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Counter</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default type is <TT>FL_NORMAL_COUNTER</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Counter.~Fl_Counter>virtual Fl_Counter::~Fl_Counter()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the valuator.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Counter.lstep>double Fl_Counter::lstep() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Set the increment for the double-arrow buttons. The default
|
||||
value is 1.0.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Counter.type>type(uchar)</A></H4>
|
||||
Sets the type of counter:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_NORMAL_COUNTER</TT> - Displays a counter with 4 arrow
|
||||
buttons. </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_SIMPLE_COUNTER</TT> - Displays a counter with only 2 arrow
|
||||
buttons. </LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Dial</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Dial>class Fl_Dial</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Valuator.html#Fl_Valuator>Fl_Valuator</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Dial</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Dial.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Dial</TT> widget provides a circular dial to control a
|
||||
single floating point value.
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG src="dial.gif" ALT="Fl_Dial widget."></P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Dial.Fl_Dial>Fl_Dial</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Dial.~Fl_Dial>~Fl_Dial</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Dial.angles>angle1</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Dial.angles>angle2</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Dial.angles>angles</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Dial.type>type</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Dial.Fl_Dial>Fl_Dial::Fl_Dial(int x, int y, int w, int
|
||||
h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Dial</TT> widget using the given position, size,
|
||||
and label string. The default type is <TT>FL_NORMAL_DIAL</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Dial.~Fl_Dial>virtual Fl_Dial::~Fl_Dial()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the valuator.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4>
|
||||
<A name=Fl_Dial.angles>
|
||||
short Fl_Dial::angle1() const;<br>
|
||||
void Fl_Dial::angle1(short);<br>
|
||||
short Fl_Dial::angle2() const;<br>
|
||||
void Fl_Dial::angle2(short);<br>
|
||||
void Fl_Dial::angles(short a, short b);
|
||||
</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the angles used for the minimum and maximum values. The default
|
||||
values are 45 and 315 (0 degrees is straight down and the angles
|
||||
progress clockwise). Normally angle1 is less than angle2, but if you
|
||||
reverse them the dial moves counter-clockwise.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Dial.type>type(uchar)</A></H4>
|
||||
Sets the type of the dial to:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_NORMAL_DIAL</TT> - Draws a normal dial with a knob. </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_LINE_DIAL</TT> - Draws a dial with a line. </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_FILL_DIAL</TT> - Draws a dial with a filled arc. </LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Double_Window</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Double_Window>class Fl_Double_Window</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Window.html#Fl_Window>Fl_Window</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Double_Window</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Double_Window.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Double_Window</TT> class provides a double-buffered window.
|
||||
If possible this will use the X double buffering extension (Xdbe). If
|
||||
not, it will draw the window data into an off-screen pixmap, and then
|
||||
copy it to the on-screen window.
|
||||
<P>It is highly recommended that you put the following code before the
|
||||
first <TT>show()</TT> of <I>any</I> window in your program: </P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Fl::visual(FL_DOUBLE|FL_INDEX)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
This makes sure you can use Xdbe on servers where double buffering
|
||||
does not exist for every visual.
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Double_Window.Fl_Double_Window>Fl_Double_Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Double_Window.~Fl_Double_Window>~Fl_Double_Window</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Double_Window.Fl_Double_Window>
|
||||
Fl_Double_Window::Fl_Double_Window(int w, int h, const
|
||||
char *label = 0)<br>
|
||||
Fl_Double_Window::Fl_Double_Window(int x, int y, int w, int h, const
|
||||
char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
<p>Creates a new <TT>Fl_Double_Window</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label (title) string.</p>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Double_Window.~Fl_Double_Window>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Double_Window::~Fl_Double_Window()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor <I>also deletes all the children</I>. This allows a
|
||||
whole tree to be deleted at once, without having to keep a pointer to
|
||||
all the children in the user code.
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_End</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_End>class Fl_End</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<B>Fl_End</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This is a dummy class that allows you to end a <A
|
||||
href=Fl_Group.html#Fl_Group>Fl_Group</A> in a constructor list of a
|
||||
class:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>class MyClass {
|
||||
Fl_Group group;
|
||||
Fl_Button button_in_group;
|
||||
Fl_End end;
|
||||
Fl_Button button_outside_group;
|
||||
MyClass();
|
||||
};
|
||||
MyClass::MyClass() :
|
||||
group(10,10,100,100),
|
||||
button_in_group(20,20,60,30),
|
||||
end(),
|
||||
button_outside_group(10,120,60,30)
|
||||
{}</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_End.Fl_End>Fl_End</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_End.Fl_End>Fl_End::Fl_End</A></H4>
|
||||
The constructor does <TT>Fl_Group::current()->end()</TT>. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_File_Browser</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="Fl_File_Browser">class Fl_File_Browser</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A HREF="Fl_Browser.html#Fl_Browser">Fl_Browser</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_File_Browser</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_File_Browser.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>Fl_File_Browser</CODE> widget displays a list of filenames,
|
||||
optionally with file-specific icons.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Browser.Fl_File_Browser">Fl_File_Browser</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Browser.~Fl_File_Browser">~Fl_File_Browser</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Browser.iconsize">iconsize</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Browser.filter">filter</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Browser.filetype">filetype</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Browser.load">load</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Browser.Fl_File_Browser">Fl_File_Browser(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh, const char *l = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor creates the <CODE>Fl_File_Browser</CODE> widget at the specified
|
||||
position and size.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Browser.~Fl_File_Browser">~Fl_File_Browser()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor destroys the widget and frees all memory that has been
|
||||
allocated.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Browser.iconsize">void iconsize(uchar s)<BR>
|
||||
uchar iconsize() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the size of the icons. The default size is 20 pixels.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Browser.filter">void filter(const char *pattern)<BR>
|
||||
const char *filter() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the filename filter. The pattern matching uses
|
||||
the <A
|
||||
HREF="functions.html#fl_filename_match"><CODE>fl_filename_match()</CODE></A>
|
||||
function in FLTK.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Browser.filetype">void filetype(int type)<BR>
|
||||
int filetype() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the file browser type, <CODE>FILES</CODE> or
|
||||
<CODE>DIRECTORIES</CODE>. When set to <CODE>FILES</CODE>, both
|
||||
files and directories are shown. Otherwise only directories are
|
||||
shown.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Browser.load">int load(const char *directory, Fl_File_Sort_F *sort = fl_numeric_sort)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Loads the specified directory into the browser. If icons have been
|
||||
loaded then the correct icon is associated with each file in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <tt>sort</tt> argument specifies a sort function to be used with
|
||||
<A HREF="functions.html#fl_filename_list"><tt>fl_filename_list()</tt></A>.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_File_Chooser</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser">class Fl_File_Chooser</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<B>Fl_File_Chooser</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_File_Chooser.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> widget displays a standard file selection
|
||||
dialog that supports various selection modes.
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER><IMG SRC="Fl_File_Chooser.jpg" WIDTH="498" HEIGHT="408" ALT="Fl_File_Chooser widget"></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> class also exports several static values
|
||||
that may be used to localize or customize the appearance of all file chooser
|
||||
dialogs:
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER><TABLE BORDER="1">
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TH>Member</TH>
|
||||
<TH>Default value</TH>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>add_favorites_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Add to Favorites"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>all_files_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"All Files (*)"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>custom_filter_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Custom Filter"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>existing_file_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Please choose an existing file!"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>favorites_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Favorites"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>filename_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Filename:"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>filesystems_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"My Computer" (WIN32)<BR>
|
||||
"File Systems" (all others)</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>manage_favorites_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Manage Favorites"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>new_directory_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"New Directory?"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>new_directory_tooltip</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Create a new directory."</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>preview_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Preview"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>save_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Save"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>show_label</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>"Show:"</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
<TR>
|
||||
<TD><TT>sort</TT></TD>
|
||||
<TD>fl_numericsort</TD>
|
||||
</TR>
|
||||
</TABLE></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>sort</TT> member specifies the sort function that is
|
||||
used when loading the contents of a directory.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Public Members</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> class exports the "new
|
||||
directory" (<CODE>newButton</CODE>) and "preview"
|
||||
(<CODE>previewButton</CODE>) widgets so that application
|
||||
developers can control their appearance and use. For more
|
||||
complex customization, consider copying the FLTK file chooser
|
||||
code and changing it accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.Fl_File_Chooser">Fl_File_Chooser</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.~Fl_File_Chooser">~Fl_File_Chooser</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.add_extra">add_extra</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.color">color</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.count">count</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.directory">directory</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.filter">filter</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.filter_value">filter_value</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.hide">hide</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.iconsize">iconsize</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.label">label</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.ok_label">ok_label</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.preview">preview</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.rescan">rescan</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.show">show</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.textcolor">textcolor</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.textfont">textfont</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.textsize">textsize</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.type">type</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.value">value</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Chooser.visible">visible</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.Fl_File_Chooser">Fl_File_Chooser(const char *pathname, const char *pattern,
|
||||
int type, const char *title)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor creates the <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> dialog pictured
|
||||
above. The <CODE>pathname</CODE> argument can be a directory name or a
|
||||
complete file name (in which case the corresponding file is highlighted
|
||||
in the list and in the filename input field.)
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>pattern</CODE> argument can be a <CODE>NULL</CODE>
|
||||
string or <CODE>"*"</CODE> to list all files, or it can be a
|
||||
series of descriptions and filter strings separated by tab
|
||||
characters (<TT>\t</TT>). The format of filters is either
|
||||
"Description text (patterns)" or just "patterns". A file chooser
|
||||
that provides filters for HTML and image files might look like:
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
"HTML Files (*.html)\tImage Files (*.{bmp,gif,jpg,png})"
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The file chooser will automatically add the "All Files (*)"
|
||||
pattern to the end of the string you pass if you do not provide
|
||||
one. The first filter in the string is the default filter.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>See the FLTK documentation on <A
|
||||
HREF="functions.html#fl_filename_match"><CODE>fl_filename_match()</CODE></A>
|
||||
for the kinds of pattern strings that are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>type</CODE> argument can be one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>SINGLE</CODE> - allows the user to select a
|
||||
single, existing file.
|
||||
<LI><CODE>MULTI</CODE> - allows the user to select one
|
||||
or more existing files.
|
||||
<LI><CODE>CREATE</CODE> - allows the user to select a
|
||||
single, existing file or specify a new filename.
|
||||
<LI><CODE>DIRECTORY</CODE> - allows the user to select a
|
||||
single, existing directory.
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>title</CODE> argument is used to set the title bar text for the
|
||||
<CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> window.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.~Fl_File_Chooser">~Fl_File_Chooser()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Destroys the widget and frees all memory used by it.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.color">void color(Fl_Color c)<BR>
|
||||
Fl_Color color()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the background color of the <CODE>Fl_File_Browser</CODE> list.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.count">int count()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns the number of selected files.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.directory">void directory(const char *pathname)<BR>
|
||||
const char *directory()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the current directory.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.filter">void filter(const char *pattern)<BR>
|
||||
const char *filter()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the current filename filter patterns. The filter
|
||||
patterns use <A
|
||||
href="functions.html#fl_filename_match"><tt>fl_filename_match()</tt></A>.
|
||||
Multiple patterns can be used by separating them with tabs, like
|
||||
"*.jpg\t*.png\t*.gif\t*". In addition, you can provide
|
||||
human-readable labels with the patterns inside parenthesis, like
|
||||
"JPEG Files (*.jpg)\tPNG Files (*.png)\tGIF Files (*.gif)\tAll Files (*)".
|
||||
Use <tt>filter(NULL)</tt> to show all files.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.filter_value">void filter_value(int f)<BR>
|
||||
int filter_value()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the current filename filter selection.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.hide">void hide()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Hides the <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> window.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.iconsize">void iconsize(uchar s)<BR>
|
||||
uchar iconsize()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the size of the icons in the <CODE>Fl_File_Browser</CODE>. By
|
||||
default the icon size is set to 1.5 times the <CODE>textsize()</CODE>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.label">void label(const char *l)<BR>
|
||||
const char *label()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the title bar text for the <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.ok_label">void ok_label(const char *l)<BR>
|
||||
const char *ok_label()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the label for the "ok" button in the
|
||||
<CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.preview">void preview(int e)<BR>
|
||||
int preview()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form enables or disables the preview box in the file chooser.
|
||||
The second form returns the current state of the preview box.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.rescan">void rescan()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Reloads the current directory in the <CODE>Fl_File_Browser</CODE>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.show">void show()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Shows the <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> window.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.textcolor">void textcolor(Fl_Color c)<BR>
|
||||
Fl_Color textcolor()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the current <CODE>Fl_File_Browser</CODE> text color.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.textfont">void textfont(uchar f)<BR>
|
||||
uchar textfont()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the current <CODE>Fl_File_Browser</CODE> text font.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.textsize">void textsize(uchar s)<BR>
|
||||
uchar textsize()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the current <CODE>Fl_File_Browser</CODE> text size.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.type">void type(int t)<BR>
|
||||
int type()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the current type of <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.value">const char *value(const char *pathname)<BR>
|
||||
const char *value(int file)<BR>
|
||||
const char *value()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the current value of the selected file.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>In the second form, <i>file</i> is a <i>1</i>-based index into a list of
|
||||
file names. The number of selected files is returned by
|
||||
<CODE>Fl_File_Chooser::count()</CODE>.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This sample code loops through all selected files:
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
// Get list of filenames user selected from a MULTI chooser
|
||||
for ( int t=1; t<=chooser->count(); t++ ) {
|
||||
const char *filename = chooser->value(t);
|
||||
..
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.visible">int visible()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns 1 if the <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> window is visible.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Chooser.add_extra">Fl_Widget* add_extra(Fl_Widget*)</A></H4>
|
||||
<P>Adds extra widget at the bottom of <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> window.
|
||||
Returns pointer for previous extra widget or <CODE>NULL</CODE> if not set previously.
|
||||
If argument is <CODE>NULL</CODE> only remove previous extra widget.<BR>
|
||||
<I>NOTE! <CODE>Fl_File_Chooser</CODE> doesn't delete extra widget in destructor! To prevent memory leakage don't forget
|
||||
delete unused extra widgets by yuorself.</I>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_File_Icon</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon">class Fl_File_Icon</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<B>Fl_File_Icon</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_File_Icon.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>Fl_File_Icon</CODE> class manages icon images that can be
|
||||
used as labels in other widgets and as icons in the <CODE>FileBrowser</CODE>
|
||||
widget.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.Fl_File_Icon">Fl_File_Icon</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.~Fl_File_Icon">~Fl_File_Icon</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.add">add</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.add_color">add_color</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.add_vertex">add_vertex</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.clear">clear</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.draw">draw</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.find">find</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.first">first</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.label">label</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.labeltype">labeltype</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.load_fti">load_fti</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.load">load</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.load_system_icons">load_system_icons</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.load_xpm">load_xpm</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.pattern">pattern</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.size">size</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.type">type</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_File_Icon.value">value</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.Fl_File_Icon">Fl_File_Icon()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor creates a new <CODE>Fl_File_Icon</CODE> with the specified
|
||||
information.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.~Fl_File_Icon">~Fl_File_Icon()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor destroys the icon and frees all memory that has been
|
||||
allocated for it.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.add">short *add(short d)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Adds a keyword value to the icon array, returning a pointer to it.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.add_color">short *add_color(short c)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Adds a color value to the icon array, returning a pointer to it.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.add_vertex">short *add_vertex(int x, int y)<BR>
|
||||
short *add_vertex(float x, float y)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Adds a vertex value to the icon array, returning a pointer to it.
|
||||
The integer version accepts coordinates from 0 to 10000, while the
|
||||
floating point version goes from 0.0 to 1.0. The origin (0.0) is in
|
||||
the lower-lefthand corner of the icon.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.clear">void clear()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Clears all icon data from the icon.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.draw">void draw(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Color ic, int active = 1)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Draws the icon in the indicated area.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.find">static Fl_File_Icon *find(const char *filename, int filetype = ANY);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Finds an icon that matches the given filename and file type.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.first">static Fl_File_Icon *first()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns a pointer to the first icon in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.label">void label(Fl_Widget *w)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Applies the icon to the widget, registering the <CODE>Fl_File_Icon</CODE>
|
||||
label type as needed.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.labeltype">static void labeltype(const Fl_Label *o, int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Align a)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The labeltype function for icons.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.load">void load(const char *f)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Loads the specified icon image. The format is deduced from the filename.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.load_fti">void load_fti(const char *fti)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Loads an SGI icon file.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.load_system_icons">static void load_system_icons(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Loads all system-defined icons. This call is useful when using the
|
||||
<CODE>FileChooser</CODE> widget and should be used when the application
|
||||
starts:
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
Fl_File_Icon::load_system_icons();
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.load_xpm">void load_xpm(const char *xpm)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Loads an XPM icon file.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.pattern">const char *pattern()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns the filename matching pattern for the icon.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.size">int size()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns the number of words of data used by the icon.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.type">int type()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns the filetype associated with the icon, which can be one of the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_File_Icon::ANY</CODE>, any kind of file.
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_File_Icon::PLAIN</CODE>, plain files.
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_File_Icon::FIFO</CODE>, named pipes.
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_File_Icon::DEVICE</CODE>, character and block devices.
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_File_Icon::LINK</CODE>, symbolic links.
|
||||
<LI><CODE>Fl_File_Icon::DIRECTORY</CODE>, directories.
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_File_Icon.value">short *value()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns the data array for the icon.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_File_Input</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_File_Input">class Fl_File_Input</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href="Fl_Input.html#Fl_Input">Fl_Input</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_File_Input</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_File_Input.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This widget displays a pathname in a text input field. A navigation bar
|
||||
located above the input field allows the user to navigate upward in the
|
||||
directory tree.
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER><IMG src="Fl_File_Input.gif" ALT="Fl_File_Input widget."></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_File_Input.Fl_File_Input">Fl_File_Input</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_File_Input.~Fl_File_Input">~Fl_File_Input</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_File_Input.down_box">down_box</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_File_Input.Fl_File_Input">Fl_File_Input::Fl_File_Input(int x, int y, int
|
||||
w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Creates a new <TT>Fl_File_Input</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_File_Input.~Fl_File_Input">virtual Fl_File_Input::~Fl_File_Input()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_File_Input.down_box">Fl_Boxtype Fl_File_Input::down_box() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_File_Input::down_box(Fl_Boxtype b)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the box type to use for the navigation bar.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Float_Input</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Float_Input>class Fl_Float_Input</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Input.html#Fl_Input>Fl_Input</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Float_Input</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Float_Input.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Float_Input</TT> class is a subclass of <TT>Fl_Input</TT>
|
||||
that only allows the user to type floating point numbers (sign,
|
||||
digits, decimal point, more digits, 'E' or 'e', sign, digits).
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Float_Input.Fl_Float_Input>Fl_Float_Input</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Float_Input.~Fl_Float_Input>~Fl_Float_Input</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Float_Input.Fl_Float_Input>
|
||||
Fl_Float_Input::Fl_Float_Input(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char
|
||||
*label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Float_Input</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Float_Input.~Fl_Float_Input>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Float_Input::~Fl_Float_Input()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the widget and any value associated with it. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Free</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Free>class Fl_Free</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Widget.html#Fl_Widget>Fl_Widget</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Free</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Free.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
Emulation of the Forms "free" widget. This emulation allows the free
|
||||
demo to run, and appears to be useful for porting programs written in
|
||||
Forms which use the free widget or make subclasses of the Forms
|
||||
widgets.
|
||||
<P>There are five types of free, which determine when the handle
|
||||
function is called: </P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#define FL_NORMAL_FREE 1
|
||||
#define FL_SLEEPING_FREE 2
|
||||
#define FL_INPUT_FREE 3
|
||||
#define FL_CONTINUOUS_FREE 4
|
||||
#define FL_ALL_FREE 5
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<P>An FL_INPUT_FREE accepts FL_FOCUS events. A FL_CONTINUOUS_FREE sets
|
||||
a timeout callback 100 times a second and provides a FL_STEP event,
|
||||
this has obvious detrimental effects on machine performance.
|
||||
FL_ALL_FREE does both. FL_SLEEPING_FREE are deactivated. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Free.Fl_Free>Fl_Free</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Free.~Fl_Free>~Fl_Free</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Free.Fl_Free>Fl_Free(uchar type, int, int, int, int,
|
||||
const char*l, FL_HANDLEPTR hdl)</A></H4>
|
||||
The constructor takes both the <TT>type</TT> and the <TT>handle</TT>
|
||||
function. The handle function should be declared as follows:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
int
|
||||
handle_function(Fl_Widget *w,
|
||||
int event,
|
||||
float event_x,
|
||||
float event_y,
|
||||
char key)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
This function is called from the the <TT>handle()</TT> method in
|
||||
response to most events, and is called by the <TT>draw()</TT> method.
|
||||
The <TT>event</TT> argument contains the event type:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
// old event names for compatability:
|
||||
#define FL_MOUSE FL_DRAG
|
||||
#define FL_DRAW 0
|
||||
#define FL_STEP 9
|
||||
#define FL_FREEMEM 12
|
||||
#define FL_FREEZE FL_UNMAP
|
||||
#define FL_THAW FL_MAP
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Free.~Fl_Free>virtual Fl_Free::~Fl_Free()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor will call the handle function with the event <TT>
|
||||
FL_FREE_MEM</TT>. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_GIF_Image</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_GIF_Image">class Fl_GIF_Image</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href="Fl_Pixmap.html">Fl_Pixmap</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_GIF_Image</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_GIF_Image.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Additional Libraries</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
-lfltk_images / fltkimages.lib
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>Fl_GIF_Image</TT> class supports loading, caching,
|
||||
and drawing of Compuserve GIF<SUP>SM</SUP> images. The class
|
||||
loads the first image and supports transparency.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_GIF_Image.Fl_GIF_Image">Fl_GIF_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_GIF_Image.~Fl_GIF_Image">~Fl_GIF_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_GIF_Image.Fl_GIF_Image">Fl_GIF_Image::Fl_GIF_Image(const char *filename);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor loads the named GIF image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_GIF_Image.~Fl_GIF_Image">Fl_GIF_Image::~Fl_GIF_Image();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor free all memory and server resources that are used by
|
||||
the image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Gl_Window</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Gl_Window>class Fl_Gl_Window</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Window.html#Fl_Window>Fl_Window</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Gl_Window</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Gl_Window.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Additional Libraries</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
-lfltk_gl / fltkgl.lib
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Gl_Window</TT> widget sets things up so OpenGL works, and
|
||||
also keeps an OpenGL "context" for that window, so that changes to the
|
||||
lighting and projection may be reused between redraws. Fl_Gl_Window
|
||||
also flushes the OpenGL streams and swaps buffers after <TT>draw()</TT>
|
||||
returns.
|
||||
<P>OpenGL hardware typically provides some overlay bit planes, which
|
||||
are very useful for drawing UI controls atop your 3D graphics. If the
|
||||
overlay hardware is not provided, FLTK tries to simulate the overlay,
|
||||
This works pretty well if your graphics are double buffered, but not
|
||||
very well for single-buffered. </P>
|
||||
<P>Please note that the FLTK drawing and clipping functions
|
||||
will not work inside an <tt>Fl_Gl_Window</tt>. All drawing
|
||||
should be done using OpenGL calls exclusively.
|
||||
Even though <tt>Fl_Gl_Window</tt> is derived from <tt>Fl_Group</tt>,
|
||||
it is not useful to add other FLTK Widgets as children,
|
||||
unless those Widgets are modified to draw using OpenGL calls.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Gl_Window methods.">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.Fl_Gl_Window>Fl_Gl_Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.~Fl_Gl_Window>~Fl_Gl_Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.can_do>can_do</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.can_do_overlay>can_do_overlay</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.context>context</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.context_valid>context_valid</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.draw>draw</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.draw_overlay>draw_overlay</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.hide>hide</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.invalidate>invalidate</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.make_current>make_current</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.make_overlay_current>make_overlay_current</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.mode>mode</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.ortho>ortho</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.redraw_overlay>redraw_overlay</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.swap_buffers>swap_buffers</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Gl_Window.valid>valid</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.Fl_Gl_Window>Fl_Gl_Window::Fl_Gl_Window(int x,
|
||||
int y, int w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Gl_Window</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_NO_BOX</TT>. The
|
||||
default mode is <TT>FL_RGB|FL_DOUBLE|FL_DEPTH</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.~Fl_Gl_Window>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Gl_Window::~Fl_Gl_Window()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the widget and destroys the OpenGL context
|
||||
associated with it.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.draw>virtual void Fl_Gl_Window::draw(void)</A></H4>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Gl_Window::draw()</TT> is a pure virtual method. You must
|
||||
subclass <TT>Fl_Gl_Window</TT> and provide an implementation for <TT>
|
||||
draw()</TT>. You may also provide an implementation of draw_overlay()
|
||||
if you want to draw into the overlay planes. You can avoid
|
||||
reinitializing the viewport and lights and other things by checking <TT>
|
||||
valid()</TT> at the start of <TT>draw()</TT> and only doing the
|
||||
initialization if it is false.
|
||||
<P>The <TT>draw()</TT> method can <I>only</I> use OpenGL calls. Do not
|
||||
attempt to call X, any of the functions in <FL/fl_draw.H>, or <TT>glX</TT>
|
||||
directly. Do not call <TT>gl_start()</TT> or <TT>gl_finish()</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<P>If double-buffering is enabled in the window, the back and front
|
||||
buffers are swapped after this function is completed. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.mode>const int Fl_Gl_Window::mode() const
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Gl_Window::mode(int m)</A></H4>
|
||||
Set or change the OpenGL capabilites of the window. The value can be
|
||||
any of the following OR'd together:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_RGB</TT> - RGB color (not indexed) </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_RGB8</TT> - RGB color with at least 8 bits of each color </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_INDEX</TT> - Indexed mode </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_SINGLE</TT> - not double buffered </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_DOUBLE</TT> - double buffered </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_ACCUM</TT> - accumulation buffer </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_ALPHA</TT> - alpha channel in color </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_DEPTH</TT> - depth buffer </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_STENCIL</TT> - stencil buffer </LI>
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_MULTISAMPLE</TT> - multisample antialiasing </LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<TT>FL_RGB</TT> and <TT>FL_SINGLE</TT> have a value of zero, so they
|
||||
are "on" unless you give <TT>FL_INDEX</TT> or <TT>FL_DOUBLE</TT>.
|
||||
<P>If the desired combination cannot be done, FLTK will try turning off <TT>
|
||||
FL_MULTISAMPLE</TT>. If this also fails the <TT>show()</TT> will call <TT>
|
||||
Fl::error()</TT> and not show the window. </P>
|
||||
<P>You can change the mode while the window is displayed. This is most
|
||||
useful for turning double-buffering on and off. Under X this will
|
||||
cause the old X window to be destroyed and a new one to be created. If
|
||||
this is a top-level window this will unfortunately also cause the
|
||||
window to blink, raise to the top, and be de-iconized, and the <TT>xid()</TT>
|
||||
will change, possibly breaking other code. It is best to make the GL
|
||||
window a child of another window if you wish to do this! </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.can_do>static int Fl_Gl_Window::can_do(int)
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Gl_Window::can_do() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns non-zero if the hardware supports the given or current OpenGL
|
||||
mode.
|
||||
|
||||
<h4><a name=Fl_Gl_Window.context>void* Fl_Gl_Window::context() const;
|
||||
<br>void Fl_Gl_Window::context(void*, int destroy_flag = false);</a></h4>
|
||||
|
||||
Return or set a pointer to the GLContext that this window is
|
||||
using. This is a system-dependent structure, but it is portable to copy
|
||||
the context from one window to another. You can also set it to NULL,
|
||||
which will force FLTK to recreate the context the next time <a
|
||||
href=#Fl_Gl_Window.make_current><tt>make_current()</tt></a> is called, this is
|
||||
useful for getting around bugs in OpenGL implementations.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If <i>destroy_flag</i> is true the context will be destroyed by
|
||||
fltk when the window is destroyed, or when the <a
|
||||
href=#Fl_Gl_Window.mode><tt>mode()</tt></a> is changed, or the next time
|
||||
<tt>context(x)</tt> is called.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.valid>char Fl_Gl_Window::valid() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Gl_Window::valid(char i)</A></H4>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Gl_Window::valid()</TT> is turned off when FLTK creates a new
|
||||
context for this window or when the window resizes, and is turned on <I>
|
||||
after</I> <TT>draw()</TT> is called. You can use this inside your <TT>
|
||||
draw()</TT> method to avoid unneccessarily initializing the OpenGL
|
||||
context. Just do this:
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
void mywindow::draw() {
|
||||
if (!valid()) {
|
||||
glViewport(0,0,w(),h());
|
||||
glFrustum(...);
|
||||
...other initialization...
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!context_valid()) {
|
||||
...load textures, etc. ...
|
||||
}
|
||||
... draw your geometry here ...
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
You can turn <TT>valid()</TT> on by calling <TT>valid(1)</TT>. You
|
||||
should only do this after fixing the transformation inside a <TT>draw()</TT>
|
||||
or after <TT>make_current()</TT>. This is done automatically after <TT>
|
||||
draw()</TT> returns.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.invalidate>void Fl_Gl_Window::invalidate()</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>invalidate()</TT> method turns off <TT>valid()</TT> and is
|
||||
equivalent to calling <TT>value(0)</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.context_valid>char Fl_Gl_Window::context_valid() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Gl_Window::context_valid(char i)</A></H4>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Gl_Window::context_valid()</TT> will only be set if the
|
||||
OpenGL context is created or recreated. It differs from
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Gl_Window::valid()</TT> which is also set whenever the context
|
||||
changes size.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.ortho>void Fl_Gl_Window::ortho()</A></H4>
|
||||
Set the projection so 0,0 is in the lower left of the window and each
|
||||
pixel is 1 unit wide/tall. If you are drawing 2D images, your <TT>
|
||||
draw()</TT> method may want to call this if <TT>valid()</TT> is false.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.make_current>void Fl_Gl_Window::make_current()</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
The <TT>make_current()</TT> method selects the OpenGL context for the
|
||||
widget. It is called automatically prior to the <TT>draw()</TT> method
|
||||
being called and can also be used to implement feedback and/or
|
||||
selection within the <TT>handle()</TT> method.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.make_overlay_current>void
|
||||
Fl_Gl_Window::make_overlay_current()</A></H4>
|
||||
The <TT>make_overlay_current()</TT> method selects the OpenGL context
|
||||
for the widget's overlay. It is called automatically prior to the <TT>
|
||||
draw_overlay()</TT> method being called and can also be used to
|
||||
implement feedback and/or selection within the <TT>handle()</TT>
|
||||
method.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.swap_buffers>void Fl_Gl_Window::swap_buffers()</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
The <TT>swap_buffers()</TT> method swaps the back and front buffers.
|
||||
It is called automatically after the <TT>draw()</TT> method is called.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.hide>void Fl_Gl_Window::hide()</A></H4>
|
||||
Hides the window and destroys the OpenGL context.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.can_do_overlay>int
|
||||
Fl_Gl_Window::can_do_overlay()</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns true if the hardware overlay is possible. If this is false,
|
||||
FLTK will try to simulate the overlay, with significant loss of update
|
||||
speed. Calling this will cause FLTK to open the display.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.redraw_overlay>void
|
||||
Fl_Gl_Window::redraw_overlay()</A></H4>
|
||||
This method causes <TT>draw_overlay</TT> to be called at a later time.
|
||||
Initially the overlay is clear, if you want the window to display
|
||||
something in the overlay when it first appears, you must call this
|
||||
immediately after you <TT>show()</TT> your window.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Gl_Window.draw_overlay>virtual void
|
||||
Fl_Gl_Window::draw_overlay()</A></H4>
|
||||
You must implement this virtual function if you want to draw into the
|
||||
overlay. The overlay is cleared before this is called. You should
|
||||
draw anything that is not clear using OpenGL. You must use <TT>
|
||||
gl_color(i)</TT> to choose colors (it allocates them from the colormap
|
||||
using system-specific calls), and remember that you are in an indexed
|
||||
OpenGL mode and drawing anything other than flat-shaded will probably
|
||||
not work.
|
||||
<P>Both this function and <TT>Fl_Gl_Window::draw()</TT> should check <TT>
|
||||
Fl_Gl_Window::valid()</TT> and set the same transformation. If you
|
||||
don't your code may not work on other systems. Depending on the OS,
|
||||
and on whether overlays are real or simulated, the OpenGL context may
|
||||
be the same or different between the overlay and main window. </P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Group</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Group>class Fl_Group</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Widget.html#Fl_Widget>Fl_Widget</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Group</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href=Fl_Browser_.html#Fl_Browser_>Fl_Browser_</A>, <A href=Fl_Color_Chooser.html#Fl_Color_Chooser>Fl_Color_Chooser</A>, <A href=Fl_Help_View.html#Fl_Help_View>Fl_Help_View</A>, <A href=Fl_Input_Choice.html#Fl_Input_Choice>Fl_Input_Choice</A>, <A href=Fl_Pack.html#Fl_Pack>Fl_Pack</A>,
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Scroll.html#Fl_Scroll>Fl_Scroll</A>, <A href=Fl_Tabs.html#Fl_Tabs>Fl_Tabs</A>, <A href=Fl_Spinner.html#Fl_Spinner>Fl_Spinner</A>, <A href=Fl_Tabs.html#Fl_Tabs>Fl_Tabs</A>, <A href=Fl_Text_Display.html#Fl_Text_Display>Fl_Text_Display</A>, <A href=Fl_Tile.html#Fl_Tile>Fl_Tile</A>,
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Window.html#Fl_Window>Fl_Window</A>, <A href=Fl_Wizard.html#Fl_Wizard>Fl_Wizard</A>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Group</TT> class is the FLTK container widget. It maintains
|
||||
an array of child widgets. These children can themselves be any widget
|
||||
including <TT>Fl_Group</TT>. The most important subclass of <TT>Fl_Group</TT>
|
||||
is <A href=Fl_Window.html#Fl_Window><TT>Fl_Window</TT></A>, however
|
||||
groups can also be used to control radio buttons or to enforce resize
|
||||
behavior.
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Group methods.">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.Fl_Group>Fl_Group</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.~Fl_Group>~Fl_Group</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.add>add</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.add_resizable>add_resizable</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.array>array</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.begin>begin</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.child>child</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.children>children</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Group.clear">clear</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Group.clip_children">clip_children</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.current>current</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.end>end</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.find>find</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.init_sizes>init_sizes</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.insert>insert</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.remove>remove</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Group.resizable>resizable</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.Fl_Group>Fl_Group::Fl_Group(int x, int y, int w,
|
||||
int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Group</TT> widget using the given position, size,
|
||||
and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_NO_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.~Fl_Group>virtual Fl_Group::~Fl_Group()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor <I>also deletes all the children</I>. This allows a
|
||||
whole tree to be deleted at once, without having to keep a pointer to
|
||||
all the children in the user code. A kludge has been done so the <TT>
|
||||
Fl_Group</TT> and all of it's children can be automatic (local)
|
||||
variables, but you must declare the <TT>Fl_Group</TT> <I>first</I>, so
|
||||
that it is destroyed last.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.add>void Fl_Group::add(Fl_Widget &w)
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Group::add(Fl_Widget *w)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
The widget is removed from it's current group (if any) and then added
|
||||
to the end of this group.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Group.clear">void Fl_Group::clear()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The <tt>clear()</tt> method deletes all child widgets from
|
||||
memory recursively.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This method differs from the <a
|
||||
href='#Fl_Group.remove'><tt>remove()</tt></a> method in that it
|
||||
affects all child widgets and deletes them from memory.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Group.clip_children">void Fl_Group::clip_children(int c);<br>
|
||||
int Fl_Group::clip_children();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
The first method controls whether the group widget clips the drawing of
|
||||
child widgets to its bounding box.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The second method returns the current clipping mode.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The default is to not clip (0) the drawing of child widgets.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Group.init_sizes">void Fl_Group::init_sizes()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Group</TT> widget keeps track of the original widget sizes and
|
||||
positions when resizing occurs so that if you resize a window back to its
|
||||
original size the widgets will be in the correct places. If you rearrange
|
||||
the widgets in your group, call this method to register the new arrangement
|
||||
with the <TT>Fl_Group</TT> that contains them.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.insert>void Fl_Group::insert(Fl_Widget &w, int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
The widget is removed from it's current group (if any) and then
|
||||
inserted into this group. It is put at index <TT>n</TT> (or at the end
|
||||
if <tt>n >= children()</tt>. This can also be used to rearrange
|
||||
the widgets inside a group.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4>void Fl_Group::insert(Fl_Widget &w, Fl_Widget* beforethis)</H4>
|
||||
|
||||
This does <tt>insert(w, find(beforethis))</tt>. This will append the
|
||||
widget if <tt>beforethis</tt> is not in the group.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.remove>void Fl_Group::remove(Fl_Widget &w)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Removes a widget from the group but does not delete it. This
|
||||
method does nothing if the widget is not a child of the
|
||||
group.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This method differs from the <a
|
||||
href='#Fl_Group.clear'><tt>clear()</tt></a> method in that it
|
||||
only affects a single widget and does not delete it from
|
||||
memory.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.current>static Fl_Group *Fl_Group::current()
|
||||
<BR> static void Fl_Group::current(Fl_Group *w)</A></H4>
|
||||
<TT>current()</TT> returns the currently active group. The Fl_Widget
|
||||
constructor automatically does <tt>current()->add(widget)</tt> if this is not null.
|
||||
To prevent new widgets from being added to a group, call <TT>Fl_Group::current(0)</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.begin>void Fl_Group::begin()</A></H4>
|
||||
<TT>begin()</TT> sets the current group so you can build the widget
|
||||
tree by just constructing the widgets. <TT>begin()</TT> is
|
||||
automatically called by the constructor for Fl_Group (and thus for
|
||||
Fl_Window as well). <TT>begin()</TT> <i>is exactly the same as</i> <TT>current(this)</TT>.
|
||||
<P><I>Don't forget to <TT>end()</TT> the group or window!</I></P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.end>void Fl_Group::end()</A></H4>
|
||||
<TT>end()</TT> <i>is exactly the same as</i> <TT>current(this->parent())</TT>. Any new widgets
|
||||
added to the widget tree will be added to the parent of the group.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.array>const Fl_Widget **Fl_Group::array() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns a pointer to the array of children. <I>This pointer is only
|
||||
valid until the next time a child is added or removed.</I>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.child>Fl_Widget *Fl_Group::child(int n) const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns <tt>array()[n]</tt>. <i>No range checking is done!</i>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.children>int Fl_Group::children() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns how many child widgets the group has.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.find>int Fl_Group::find(const Fl_Widget *w) const
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Group::find(const Fl_Widget &w) const</A></H4>
|
||||
Searches the child array for the widget and returns the index. Returns <A
|
||||
href=#Fl_Group.children><TT>children()</TT></A> if the widget is <TT>
|
||||
NULL</TT> or not found.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.resizable>void Fl_Group::resizable(Fl_Widget *box)
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Group::resizable(Fl_Widget &box)
|
||||
<BR> Fl_Widget *Fl_Group::resizable() const</A></H4>
|
||||
The resizable widget defines the resizing box for the group. When the
|
||||
group is resized it calculates a new size and position for all of its
|
||||
children. Widgets that are horizontally or vertically inside the
|
||||
dimensions of the box are scaled to the new size. Widgets outside the
|
||||
box are moved.
|
||||
<P>In these examples the gray area is the resizable:
|
||||
<BR></P>
|
||||
<P align=center><IMG align=TOP SRC="resizebox1.gif" ALT="Resizeable groups">
|
||||
<IMG align=TOP SRC="resizebox2.gif" ALT="Resizeable groups"></P>
|
||||
<P>The resizable may be set to the group itself (this is the default
|
||||
value for an <TT>Fl_Group</TT>, although <TT>NULL</TT> is the default
|
||||
for <TT>Fl_Window</TT> and <TT>Fl_Pack</TT>), in which case all the
|
||||
contents are resized.
|
||||
If the resizable is <TT>NULL</TT> then all widgets remain a fixed size
|
||||
and distance from the top-left corner. </P>
|
||||
<P>It is possible to achieve any type of resize behavior by using an
|
||||
invisible <TT>Fl_Box</TT> as the resizable and/or by using a hierarchy
|
||||
of child <TT>Fl_Group</TT>'s. </P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Group.add_resizable>Fl_Group
|
||||
&Fl_Group::add_resizable(Fl_Widget &box)</A></H4>
|
||||
Adds a widget to the group and makes it the resizable widget.
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Help_Dialog</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog">class Fl_Help_Dialog</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<B>Fl_Help_Dialog</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include "Fl_Help_Dialog.h"
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Additional Libraries</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
-lfltk_images / fltkimages.lib
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>Fl_Help_Dialog</CODE> widget displays a standard help dialog window
|
||||
using the <CODE>Fl_Help_View</CODE> widget.
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER><IMG SRC="Fl_Help_Dialog.gif" WIDTH="80%" ALT="Fl_Help_Dialog Window"></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.Fl_Help_Dialog">Fl_Help_Dialog</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.~Fl_Help_Dialog">~Fl_Help_Dialog</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.xywh">h</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.hide">hide</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.load">load</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.position">position</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.resize">resize</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.show">show</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.textsize">textsize</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.topline">topline</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.value">value</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.visible">visible</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.xywh">w</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.xywh">x</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_Dialog.xywh">y</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.Fl_Help_Dialog">Fl_Help_Dialog()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor creates the dialog pictured above.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.~Fl_Help_Dialog">~Fl_Help_Dialog()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor destroys the widget and frees all memory that has been
|
||||
allocated for the current file.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.hide">void hide()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Hides the <code>Fl_Help_Dialog</code> window.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.load">void load(const char *f)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Loads the specified HTML file into the <CODE>Fl_Help_View</CODE> widget.
|
||||
The filename can also contain a target name ("filename.html#target").
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.position">void position(int x, int y)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Set the screen position of the dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.resize">void resize(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Change the position and size of the dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.show">void show()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Shows the <code>Fl_Help_Dialog</code> window.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.textsize">void textsize(uchar s)<BR>
|
||||
uchar textsize()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or gets the default text size for the help view.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.topline">void topline(const char *n)<BR>
|
||||
void topline(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets the top line in the <CODE>Fl_Help_View</CODE> widget to the named or
|
||||
numbered line.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.value">void value(const char *v)<BR>
|
||||
const char *value() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form sets the current buffer to the string provided and
|
||||
reformats the text. It also clears the history of the "back" and
|
||||
"forward" buttons. The second form returns the current buffer contents.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.visible">int visible()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns 1 if the <code>Fl_Help_Dialog</code> window is visible.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_Dialog.xywh">int x()<BR>
|
||||
int y()<BR>
|
||||
int w()<BR>
|
||||
int h()<BR>
|
||||
</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns the position and size of the help dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Help_View</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_Help_View">class Fl_Help_View</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
Fl_Group
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Help_View</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include "Fl_Help_View.h"
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <CODE>Fl_Help_View</CODE> widget displays HTML text. Most HTML 2.0
|
||||
elements are supported, as well as a primitive implementation of tables.
|
||||
GIF, JPEG, and PNG images are displayed inline.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.Fl_Help_View">Fl_Help_View</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.~Fl_Help_View">~Fl_Help_View</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.directory">directory</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.filename">filename</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.link">link</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.load">load</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.size">size</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.textcolor">textcolor</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.textfont">textfont</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.textsize">textsize</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.title">title</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.topline">topline</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#Fl_Help_View.value">value</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.Fl_Help_View">Fl_Help_View(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh, const char *l = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor creates the <CODE>Fl_Help_View</CODE> widget at the specified
|
||||
position and size.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.~Fl_Help_View">~Fl_Help_View()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor destroys the widget and frees all memory that has been
|
||||
allocated for the current file.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.directory">const char *directory() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method returns the current directory (base) path for the file
|
||||
in the buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.filename">const char *filename() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method returns the current filename for the text in the buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.link">void link(Fl_Help_Func *fn)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method assigns a callback function to use when a link is
|
||||
followed or a file is loaded (via
|
||||
<CODE>Fl_Help_View::load()</CODE>) that requires a different
|
||||
file or path. The callback function receives a pointer to the
|
||||
<CODE>Fl_Help_View</CODE> widget and the URI or full pathname
|
||||
for the file in question. It must return a pathname that can be
|
||||
opened as a local file or <TT>NULL</TT>:</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
const char *fn(Fl_Widget *w, const char *uri);
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The link function can be used to retrieve remote or virtual
|
||||
documents, returning a temporary file that contains the actual
|
||||
data. If the link function returns <TT>NULL</TT>, the value of
|
||||
the <TT>Fl_Help_View</TT> widget will remain unchanged.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If the link callback cannot handle the URI scheme, it should
|
||||
return the <TT>uri</TT> value unchanged or set the <A
|
||||
HREF="#Fl_Help_View.value"><TT>value()</TT></A> of the widget
|
||||
before returning <TT>NULL</TT>.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.load">int load(const char *f)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method loads the specified file or URL.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.size">int size() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method returns the length of the buffer text in pixels.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.textcolor">void textcolor(Fl_Color c)<BR>
|
||||
Fl_Color textcolor() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form sets the default text color. The second returns
|
||||
the current default text color.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.textfont">void textfont(uchar f)<BR>
|
||||
uchar textfont() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form sets the default text font. The second returns
|
||||
the current default text font.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.textsize">void textsize(uchar s)<BR>
|
||||
uchar textsize() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form sets the default text size. The second returns
|
||||
the current default text size.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.title">const char *title()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This method returns the current document title, or NULL if there
|
||||
is no title.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.topline">void topline(const char *n)<BR>
|
||||
void topline(int)<BR>
|
||||
int topline() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first two forms scroll the text to the indicated position, either
|
||||
with a named destination or by pixel line.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form returns the current top line in pixels.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Help_View.value">void value(const char *v)<BR>
|
||||
const char *value() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form sets the current buffer to the string provided and
|
||||
reformats the text. The second form returns the current buffer contents.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Hold_Browser</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Hold_Browser>class Fl_Hold_Browser</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Browser.html#Fl_Browser>Fl_Browser</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Hold_Browser</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Hold_Browser.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Hold_Browser</TT> class is a subclass of <TT>Fl_Browser</TT>
|
||||
which lets the user select a single item, or no items by clicking on
|
||||
the empty space. As long as the mouse button is held down the item
|
||||
pointed to by it is highlighted, and this highlighting remains on when
|
||||
the mouse button is released. Normally the callback is done when the
|
||||
user releases the mouse, but you can change this with <TT>when()</TT>.
|
||||
<P>See <A href=Fl_Browser.html#Fl_Browser><TT>Fl_Browser</TT></A> for
|
||||
methods to add and remove lines from the browser. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Hold_Browser.Fl_Hold_Browser>Fl_Hold_Browser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Hold_Browser.~Fl_Hold_Browser>~Fl_Hold_Browser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Hold_Browser.deselect>deselect</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Hold_Browser.select>select</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Hold_Browser.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Hold_Browser.Fl_Hold_Browser>
|
||||
Fl_Hold_Browser::Fl_Hold_Browser(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char
|
||||
*label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Hold_Browser</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>
|
||||
.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Hold_Browser.~Fl_Hold_Browser>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Hold_Browser::~Fl_Hold_Browser()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor <I>also deletes all the items in the list</I>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Hold_Browser.deselect>int Fl_Browser::deselect()</A></H4>
|
||||
<P>Deselects any selected item.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Hold_Browser.select>int Fl_Browser::select(int,int=1)
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Browser::selected(int) const</A></H4>
|
||||
You can use these for compatibility with <A href=Fl_Multi_Browser.html#Fl_Multi_Browser>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Multi_Browser</TT></A>. If you turn on the selection of more
|
||||
than one line the results are unpredictable.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Hold_Browser.value>int Fl_Browser::value() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Browser::value(int)</A></H4>
|
||||
Set or get which line is selected. This returns zero if no line is
|
||||
selected, so be aware that this can happen in a callback. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Image</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_Image">class Fl_Image</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<B>Fl_Image</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href="Fl_Bitmap.html">Fl_Bitmap</A>,
|
||||
<A href="Fl_Pixmap.html">Fl_Pixmap</A>,
|
||||
<A href="Fl_RGB_Image.html">Fl_RGB_Image</A>,
|
||||
<A href="Fl_Shared_Image.html">Fl_Shared_Image</A>,
|
||||
<A href="Fl_Tiled_Image.html">Fl_Tiled_Image</A>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Image.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><TT>Fl_Image</TT> is the base class used for caching and
|
||||
drawing all kinds of images in FLTK. This class keeps track of
|
||||
common image data such as the pixels, colormap, width, height,
|
||||
and depth. Virtual methods are used to provide type-specific
|
||||
image handling.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Since the <TT>Fl_Image</TT> class does not support image
|
||||
drawing by itself, calling the <TT>draw()</TT> method results in
|
||||
a box with an X in it being drawn instead.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.Fl_Image">Fl_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.~Fl_Image">~Fl_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.color_average">color_average</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.copy">copy</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.count">count</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.d">d</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.data">data</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.desaturate">desaturate</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.draw">draw</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.draw_empty">draw_empty</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.h">h</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.inactive">inactive</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.label">label</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.ld">ld</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.uncache">uncache</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Image.w">w</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.Fl_Image">Fl_Image(int W, int H, int D);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor creates an empty image with the specified
|
||||
width, height, and depth. The width and height are in pixels.
|
||||
The depth is 0 for bitmaps, 1 for pixmap (colormap) images, and
|
||||
1 to 4 for color images.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.~Fl_Image">virtual ~Fl_Image();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor is a virtual method that frees all memory used
|
||||
by the image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.color_average">virtual void color_average(Fl_Color c, float i);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>color_average()</TT> method averages the colors in
|
||||
the image with the FLTK color value <TT>c</TT>. The <TT>i</TT>
|
||||
argument specifies the amount of the original image to combine
|
||||
with the color, so a value of 1.0 results in no color blend, and
|
||||
a value of 0.0 results in a constant image of the specified
|
||||
color. <I>The original image data is not altered by this
|
||||
method.</I></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.copy">virtual Fl_Image *copy(int W, int H);<BR>
|
||||
copy();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>copy()</TT> method creates a copy of the specified
|
||||
image. If the width and height are provided, the image is
|
||||
resized to the specified size. The image should be deleted (or in
|
||||
the case of <tt>Fl_Shared_Image</tt>, released) when you are done
|
||||
with it.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.count">int count();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>count()</TT> method returns the number of data values
|
||||
associated with the image. The value will be 0 for images with
|
||||
no associated data, 1 for bitmap and color images, and greater
|
||||
than 2 for pixmap images.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.d">int d();<BR>
|
||||
protected void d(int D);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form of the <TT>d()</TT> method returns the current
|
||||
image depth. The return value will be 0 for bitmaps, 1 for
|
||||
pixmaps, and 1 to 4 for color images.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form is a protected method that sets the current
|
||||
image depth.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.data">const char * const *data();<BR>
|
||||
protected void data(const char * const *data, int count);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form of the <TT>data()</TT> method returns a
|
||||
pointer to the current image data array. Use the
|
||||
<TT>count()</TT> method to find the size of the data array.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form is a protected method that sets the current
|
||||
array pointer and count of pointers in the array.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.desaturate">virtual void desaturate()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>desaturate()</TT> method converts an image to
|
||||
grayscale. If the image contains an alpha channel (depth = 4),
|
||||
the alpha channel is preserved. <I>This method does not alter
|
||||
the original image data.</I></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.draw">void draw(int X, int Y);<BR>
|
||||
virtual void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H, int cx, int cy);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>draw()</TT> methods draw the image. The first form
|
||||
specifies the upper-lefthand corner of the image. The second
|
||||
form specifies a bounding box for the image, with the origin
|
||||
(upper-lefthand corner) of the image offset by the <TT>cx</TT>
|
||||
and <TT>cy</TT> arguments.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.draw_empty">protected void draw_empty(int X, int Y);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The protected method <TT>draw_empty()</TT> draws a box with
|
||||
an X in it. It can be used to draw any image that lacks image
|
||||
data.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.h">int h();<BR>
|
||||
protected void h(int H);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form of the <TT>h()</TT> method returns the current
|
||||
image height in pixels.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form is a protected method that sets the current
|
||||
image height.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.inactive">void inactive();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>inactive()</TT> method calls
|
||||
<TT>color_average(FL_BACKGROUND_COLOR, 0.33f)</TT> to produce
|
||||
an image that appears grayed out. <I>This method does not
|
||||
alter the original image data.</I></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.label">virtual void label(Fl_Widget *w);
|
||||
virtual void label(Fl_Menu_Item *m);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>label()</TT> methods are an obsolete way to set the
|
||||
image attribute of a widget or menu item. Use the
|
||||
<TT>image()</TT> or <TT>deimage()</TT> methods of the
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Widget</TT> and <TT>Fl_Menu_Item</TT> classes
|
||||
instead.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.ld">int ld();<BR>
|
||||
protected void ld(int LD);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form of the <TT>ld()</TT> method returns the current
|
||||
line data size in bytes. Line data is extra data that is included
|
||||
after each line of color image data and is normally not present.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form is a protected method that sets the current
|
||||
line data size in bytes.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.uncache">void uncache();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If the image has been cached for display, delete the cache
|
||||
data. This allows you to change the data used for the image and
|
||||
then redraw it without recreating an image object.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="Fl_Image.w">int w();<BR>
|
||||
protected void w(int W);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form of the <TT>w()</TT> method returns the current
|
||||
image width in pixels.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second form is a protected method that sets the current
|
||||
image width.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Input</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Input>class Fl_Input</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Input_.html#Fl_Input_>Fl_Input_</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Input</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href="Fl_File_Input.html">Fl_File_Input</A>, <A href=Fl_Float_Input.html#Fl_Float_Input>Fl_Float_Input</A>,
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Int_Input.html#Fl_Int_Input>Fl_Int_Input</A>, <A href=Fl_Multiline_Input.html#Fl_Multiline_Input>Fl_Multiline_Input</A>,
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Output.html#Fl_Output>Fl_Output</A>, <A href=Fl_Secret_Input.html#Fl_Secret_Input>Fl_Secret_Input</A>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Input.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This is the FLTK text input widget. It displays a single line
|
||||
of text and lets the user edit it. Normally it is drawn with an
|
||||
inset box and a white background. The text may contain any
|
||||
characters (even 0), and will correctly display anything, using
|
||||
^X notation for unprintable control characters and \nnn notation
|
||||
for unprintable characters with the high bit set. It assumes the
|
||||
font can draw any characters in the ISO-8859-1 character set.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER><TABLE border=1 WIDTH=90% summary="Fl_Input keyboard and mouse bindings.">
|
||||
|
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH=200><B>Mouse button 1</B></TD><TD>Moves the cursor to
|
||||
this point. Drag selects characters. Double click selects words.
|
||||
Triple click selects all text. Shift+click extends the selection.
|
||||
When you select text it is automatically copied to the clipboard.
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>Mouse button 2</B></TD><TD>Insert the clipboard at
|
||||
the point clicked. You can also select a region and replace it with the
|
||||
clipboard by selecting the region with mouse button 2.
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>Mouse button 3</B></TD><TD>Currently acts like button 1.</TD></TR>
|
||||
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>Backspace</B></TD><TD>Deletes one character to the left, or
|
||||
deletes the selected region.</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>Enter</B></TD><TD>May cause the callback, see when().</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^A or Home</B></TD><TD>Go to start of line.</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^B or Left</B></TD><TD>Move left</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^C</B></TD><TD>Copy the selection to the clipboard</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^D or Delete</B></TD><TD>Deletes one character to the right
|
||||
or deletes the selected region.</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^E or End</B></TD><TD>Go to the end of line.</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^F or Right</B></TD><TD>Move right</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^K</B></TD><TD>Delete to the end of line (next \n character)
|
||||
or deletes a single \n character. These deletions are all concatenated
|
||||
into the clipboard.</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^N or Down</B></TD><TD>Move down (for Fl_Multiline_Input
|
||||
only, otherwise it moves to the next input field).</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^P or Up</B></TD><TD>Move up (for Fl_Multiline_Input only,
|
||||
otherwise it moves to the previous input field).</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^U</B></TD><TD>Delete everything.</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^V or ^Y</B></TD><TD>Paste the clipboard</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^X or ^W</B></TD><TD>Copy the region to the clipboard and
|
||||
delete it.</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>^Z or ^_</B></TD><TD>Undo. This is a single-level undo
|
||||
mechanism, but all adjacent deletions and insertions are concatenated
|
||||
into a single "undo". Often this will undo a lot more than you
|
||||
expected.</TD></TR>
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>Shift+move</B></TD><TD>Move the cursor but also extend the
|
||||
selection.</TD></TR>
|
||||
|
||||
<TR><TD><B>RightCtrl or
|
||||
<BR>Compose</B></TD><TD><a name=compose>Start</A>
|
||||
a <A href="events.html#compose">compose-character</A>
|
||||
sequence. The next one or two keys typed define the character to
|
||||
insert (see table that follows.)
|
||||
|
||||
<p>For instance, to type "á" type [compose][a]['] or [compose]['][a].
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The character "nbsp" (non-breaking space) is typed by using
|
||||
[compose][space].
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The single-character sequences may be followed by a space if
|
||||
necessary to remove ambiguity. For instance, if you really want to
|
||||
type "ª~" rather than "ã" you must type [compose][a][space][~].
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The same key may be used to "quote" control characters into the
|
||||
text. If you need a <tt>^Q</tt> character you can get one by typing
|
||||
[compose][Control+Q].
|
||||
|
||||
<p>X may have a key on the keyboard
|
||||
defined as <tt>XK_Multi_key</tt>. If so this key may be used as well
|
||||
as the right-hand control key. You can set this up with the program
|
||||
<tt>xmodmap</tt>.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If your keyboard is set to support a foreign language you should
|
||||
also be able to type "dead key" prefix characters. On X you will
|
||||
actually be able to see what dead key you typed, and if you then move
|
||||
the cursor without completing the sequence the accent will remain
|
||||
inserted.</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<center><table border=1 summary="Character Composition Table">
|
||||
<caption align="top">Character Composition Table</caption>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>Keys</th><th>Char</th>
|
||||
<th>Keys</th><th>Char</th>
|
||||
<th>Keys</th><th>Char</th>
|
||||
<th>Keys</th><th>Char</th>
|
||||
<th>Keys</th><th>Char</th>
|
||||
<th>Keys</th><th>Char</th>
|
||||
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>sp</TT></td><td align=center><small>nbsp</small></td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>*</tt></td><td align=center>°</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` A</tt></td><td align=center>À</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>D -</tt></td><td align=center>Ð</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` a</tt></td><td align=center>à</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>d -</tt></td><td align=center>ð</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>!</tt></td><td align=center>¡</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>+ -</tt></td><td align=center>±</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' A</tt></td><td align=center>Á</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>~ N</tt></td><td align=center>Ñ</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' a</tt></td><td align=center>á</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>~ n</tt></td><td align=center>ñ</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>%</tt></td><td align=center>¢</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>2</tt></td><td align=center>²</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>A ^</tt></td><td align=center>Â</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` O</tt></td><td align=center>Ò</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ a</tt></td><td align=center>â</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` o</tt></td><td align=center>ò</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>#</tt></td><td align=center>£</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>3</tt></td><td align=center>³</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>~ A</tt></td><td align=center>Ã</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' O</tt></td><td align=center>Ó</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>~ a</tt></td><td align=center>ã</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' o</tt></td><td align=center>ó</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>$</tt></td><td align=center>¤</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>'</tt></td><td align=center>´</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: A</tt></td><td align=center>Ä</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ O</tt></td><td align=center>Ô</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: a</tt></td><td align=center>ä</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ o</tt></td><td align=center>ô</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>y =</tt></td><td align=center>¥</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>u</tt></td><td align=center>µ</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>* A</tt></td><td align=center>Å</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>~ O</tt></td><td align=center>Õ</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>* a</tt></td><td align=center>å</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>~ o</tt></td><td align=center>õ</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>|</tt></td><td align=center>¦</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>p</tt></td><td align=center>¶</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>A E</tt></td><td align=center>Æ</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: O</tt></td><td align=center>Ö</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>a e</tt></td><td align=center>æ</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: o</tt></td><td align=center>ö</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>&</tt></td><td align=center>§</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>.</tt></td><td align=center>·</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>, C</tt></td><td align=center>Ç</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>x</tt></td><td align=center>×</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>, c</tt></td><td align=center>ç</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>- :</tt></td><td align=center>÷</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>:</tt></td><td align=center>¨</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>,</tt></td><td align=center>¸</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>E `</tt></td><td align=center>È</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>O /</tt></td><td align=center>Ø</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` e</tt></td><td align=center>è</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>o /</tt></td><td align=center>ø</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>c</tt></td><td align=center>©</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>1</tt></td><td align=center>¹</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' E</tt></td><td align=center>É</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` U</tt></td><td align=center>Ù</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' e</tt></td><td align=center>é</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` u</tt></td><td align=center>ù</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>a</tt></td><td align=center>ª</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>o</tt></td><td align=center>º</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ E</tt></td><td align=center>Ê</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' U</tt></td><td align=center>Ú</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ e</tt></td><td align=center>ê</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' u</tt></td><td align=center>ú</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>< <</tt></td><td align=center>«</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>> ></tt></td><td align=center>»</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: E</tt></td><td align=center>Ë</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ U</tt></td><td align=center>Û</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: e</tt></td><td align=center>ë</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ u</tt></td><td align=center>û</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>~</tt></td><td align=center>¬</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>1 4</tt></td><td align=center>¼</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` I</tt></td><td align=center>Ì</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: U</tt></td><td align=center>Ü</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>` i</tt></td><td align=center>ì</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: u</tt></td><td align=center>ü</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>-</tt></td><td align=center></td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>1 2</tt></td><td align=center>½</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' I</tt></td><td align=center>Í</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' Y</tt></td><td align=center>Ý</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' i</tt></td><td align=center>í</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>' y</tt></td><td align=center>ý</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>r</tt></td><td align=center>®</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>3 4</tt></td><td align=center>¾</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ I</tt></td><td align=center>Î</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>T H</tt></td><td align=center>Þ</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>^ i</tt></td><td align=center>î</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>t h</tt></td><td align=center>þ</td>
|
||||
</tr><tr>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>_</tt></td><td align=center>¯</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>?</tt></td><td align=center>¿</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: I</tt></td><td align=center>Ï</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>s s</tt></td><td align=center>ß</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: i</tt></td><td align=center>ï</td>
|
||||
<td align=center><TT>: y</tt></td><td align=center>ÿ</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table></center>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Input methods.">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.Fl_Input>Fl_Input</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.~Fl_Input>~Fl_Input</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.cursor_color>cursor_color</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.index>index</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.size>size</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.static_value>static_value</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.textcolor>textcolor</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.textfont>textfont</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.textsize>textsize</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Input.when>when</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.Fl_Input">Fl_Input::Fl_Input(int x, int y, int w,
|
||||
int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Creates a new <TT>Fl_Input</TT> widget using the given position, size,
|
||||
and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.~Fl_Input">virtual Fl_Input::~Fl_Input()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.value">const char *Fl_Input::value() const
|
||||
<BR>int Fl_Input::value(const char*)
|
||||
<BR>int Fl_Input::value(const char*, int)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The first form returns the current value, which is a pointer
|
||||
to the internal buffer and is valid only until the next event is
|
||||
handled.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The second two forms change the text and set the mark and the
|
||||
point to the end of it. The string is copied to the internal
|
||||
buffer. Passing <TT>NULL</TT> is the same as "".
|
||||
This returns non-zero if the new value is different than the
|
||||
current one. You can use the second version to directly set the
|
||||
length if you know it already or want to put nul's in the
|
||||
text.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.static_value">int Fl_Input::static_value(const
|
||||
char*)
|
||||
<BR>int Fl_Input::static_value(const char*, int)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Change the text and set the mark and the point to the end of
|
||||
it. The string is <I>not</I> copied. If the user edits the
|
||||
string it is copied to the internal buffer then. This can save a
|
||||
great deal of time and memory if your program is rapidly
|
||||
changing the values of text fields, but this will only work if
|
||||
the passed string remains unchanged until either the
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Input</TT> is destroyed or <TT>value()</TT> is called
|
||||
again.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.size">int Fl_Input::size() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns the number of characters in <TT>value()</TT>. This
|
||||
may be greater than <TT>strlen(value())</TT> if there are nul
|
||||
characters in it.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.index">char Fl_Input::index(int) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Same as <TT>value()[n]</TT>, but may be faster in plausible
|
||||
implementations. No bounds checking is done.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.when">Fl_When Fl_Widget::when() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Widget::when(Fl_When)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Controls when callbacks are done. The following values are useful,
|
||||
the default value is <TT>FL_WHEN_RELEASE</TT>:
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><TT>0</TT>: The callback is not done, but
|
||||
<TT>changed()</TT> is turned on.</LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_WHEN_CHANGED</TT>: The callback is done each
|
||||
time the text is changed by the user.</LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_WHEN_RELEASE</TT>: The callback will be done
|
||||
when this widget loses the focus, including when the
|
||||
window is unmapped. This is a useful value for text
|
||||
fields in a panel where doing the callback on every
|
||||
change is wasteful. However the callback will also
|
||||
happen if the mouse is moved out of the window, which
|
||||
means it should not do anything visible (like pop up an
|
||||
error message). You might do better setting this to
|
||||
zero, and scanning all the items for <TT>changed()</TT>
|
||||
when the OK button on a panel is pressed.</LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_WHEN_ENTER_KEY</TT>: If the user types the
|
||||
Enter key, the entire text is selected, and the callback
|
||||
is done if the text has changed. Normally the Enter key
|
||||
will navigate to the next field (or insert a newline for
|
||||
a <TT>Fl_Mulitline_Input</TT>), this changes the
|
||||
behavior.</LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><TT>FL_WHEN_ENTER_KEY|FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED</TT>: The
|
||||
Enter key will do the callback even if the text has not
|
||||
changed. Useful for command fields.</LI>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.textcolor">Fl_Color Fl_Input::textcolor() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Input::textcolor(Fl_Color)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the color of the text in the input field.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.textfont">Fl_Font Fl_Input::textfont() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Input::textfont(Fl_Font)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the font of the text in the input field.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.textsize">uchar Fl_Input::textsize() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Input::textsize(uchar)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the size of the text in the input field.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input.cursor_color">Fl_Color Fl_Input::cursor_color()
|
||||
const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Input::cursor_color(Fl_Color)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Get or set the color of the cursor. This is black by default.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Input_</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_Input_">class Fl_Input_</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Widget.html#Fl_Widget>Fl_Widget</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Input_</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href=Fl_Input.html#Fl_Input>Fl_Input</A>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Input_.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This is a virtual base class below <A
|
||||
href="Fl_Input.html#Fl_Input"><TT>Fl_Input</TT></A>. It has all
|
||||
the same interfaces, but lacks the <TT>handle()</TT> and
|
||||
<TT>draw()</TT> method. You may want to subclass it if you are
|
||||
one of those people who likes to change how the editing keys
|
||||
work.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This can act like any of the subclasses of Fl_Input, by
|
||||
setting <TT>type()</TT> to one of the following values:</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#define FL_NORMAL_INPUT 0
|
||||
#define FL_FLOAT_INPUT 1
|
||||
#define FL_INT_INPUT 2
|
||||
#define FL_MULTILINE_INPUT 4
|
||||
#define FL_SECRET_INPUT 5
|
||||
#define FL_INPUT_TYPE 7
|
||||
#define FL_INPUT_READONLY 8
|
||||
#define FL_NORMAL_OUTPUT (FL_NORMAL_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY)
|
||||
#define FL_MULTILINE_OUTPUT (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY)
|
||||
#define FL_INPUT_WRAP 16
|
||||
#define FL_MULTILINE_INPUT_WRAP (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_WRAP)
|
||||
#define FL_MULTILINE_OUTPUT_WRAP (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY | FL_INPUT_WRAP)
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width="90%" summary="Fl_Input_ methods.">
|
||||
<TR><TD align="left" valign="top">
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.Fl_Input_">Fl_Input_</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.~Fl_Input_">~Fl_Input_</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.copy">copy</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.copy_cuts">copy_cuts</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align="left" valign="top">
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.cut">cut</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.drawtext">drawtext</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.handletext">handletext</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.input_type">input_type</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align="left" valign="top">
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.insert">insert</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.lineboundary">lineboundary</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.mark">mark</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.maybe_do_callback">maybe_do_callback</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align="left" valign="top">
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.maximum_size">maximum_size</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.position">position</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.readonly">readonly</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.replace">replace</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align="left" valign="top">
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.shortcut">shortcut</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.undo">undo</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.up_down_position">up_down_position</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_Input_.wrap">wrap</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.Fl_Input_">Fl_Input_::Fl_Input_(int x, int y, int
|
||||
w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Creates a new <TT>Fl_Input_</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is
|
||||
<TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.~Fl_Input_">virtual Fl_Input_::~Fl_Input_()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor removes the widget and any value associated with it.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.wordboundary">int Fl_Input_::wordboundary(int i)
|
||||
const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns true if position <TT>i</TT> is at the start or end of a word.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.lineboundary">int Fl_Input_::lineboundary(int i)
|
||||
const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns true if position <TT>i</TT> is at the start or end of a line.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.drawtext">void Fl_Input_::drawtext(int,int,int,int)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Draw the text in the passed bounding box. If <TT>damage()
|
||||
& FL_DAMAGE_ALL</TT> is true, this assumes the area has
|
||||
already been erased to <TT>color()</TT>. Otherwise it does
|
||||
minimal update and erases the area itself.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.handletext">int Fl_Input_::handletext(int
|
||||
e,int,int,int,int)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Default handler for all event types. Your <TT>handle()</TT>
|
||||
method should call this for all events that it does not handle
|
||||
completely. You must pass it the same bounding box as you do
|
||||
when calling <TT>drawtext()</TT> from your <tt>draw()</tt>
|
||||
method. Handles <TT>FL_PUSH</TT>, <TT>FL_DRAG</TT>,
|
||||
<TT>FL_RELEASE</TT> to select text, handles <TT>FL_FOCUS</TT>
|
||||
and <TT>FL_UNFOCUS</TT> to show and hide the cursor.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.up_down_position">int
|
||||
Fl_Input_::up_down_position(int i, int keepmark=0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Do the correct thing for arrow keys. Sets the position (and
|
||||
mark if <I>keepmark</I> is zero) to somewhere in the same line
|
||||
as <I>i</I>, such that pressing the arrows repeatedly will cause
|
||||
the point to move up and down.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.maybe_do_callback">void
|
||||
Fl_Input_::maybe_do_callback()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Does the callback if <TT>changed()</TT> is true or if
|
||||
<TT>when() & FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED</TT> is non-zero. You
|
||||
should call this at any point you think you should generate a
|
||||
callback.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.maximum_size">void Fl_Input_::maximum_size(int m)<BR>
|
||||
int Fl_Input_::maximum_size() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or returns the maximum length of the input field.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.position">int Fl_Input_::position() const
|
||||
<BR>int Fl_Input_::position(int new_position, int new_mark)
|
||||
<BR>int Fl_Input_::position(int new_position_and_new_mark)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The input widget maintains two pointers into the string. The
|
||||
"position" is where the cursor is. The
|
||||
"mark" is the other end of the selected text. If they
|
||||
are equal then there is no selection. Changing this does not
|
||||
affect the clipboard (use <TT>copy()</TT> to do that).
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Changing these values causes a <TT>redraw()</TT>. The new
|
||||
values are bounds checked. The return value is non-zero if the
|
||||
new position is different than the old one. <TT>position(n)</TT>
|
||||
is the same as <TT>position(n,n)</TT>. <TT>mark(n)</TT> is the
|
||||
same as <TT>position(position(),n)</TT>.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.mark">int Fl_Input_::mark() const
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Input_::mark(int new_mark)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the current selection mark. <TT>mark(n)</TT> is
|
||||
the same as <TT>position(position(),n)</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.replace">int Fl_Input_::replace(int a, int b,
|
||||
const char *insert, int length=0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This call does all editing of the text. It deletes the region
|
||||
between <TT>a</TT> and <TT>b</TT> (either one may be less or
|
||||
equal to the other), and then inserts the string <TT>insert</TT>
|
||||
at that point and leaves the <TT>mark()</TT> and
|
||||
<TT>position()</TT> after the insertion. Does the callback if
|
||||
<TT>when() & FL_WHEN_CHANGED</TT> and there is a change.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Set <TT>start</TT> and <TT>end</TT> equal to not delete
|
||||
anything. Set <TT>insert</TT> to <TT>NULL</TT> to not insert
|
||||
anything.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><TT>length</TT> must be zero or <TT>strlen(insert)</TT>, this
|
||||
saves a tiny bit of time if you happen to already know the
|
||||
length of the insertion, or can be used to insert a portion of a
|
||||
string or a string containing nul's.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><TT>a</TT> and <TT>b</TT> are clamped to the
|
||||
0..<TT>size()</TT> range, so it is safe to pass any values.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><TT>cut()</TT> and <TT>insert()</TT> are just inline
|
||||
functions that call <TT>replace()</TT>.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.cut">int Fl_Input_::cut()
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Input_::cut(int n)
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Input_::cut(int a, int b);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><TT>Fl_Input_::cut()</TT> deletes the current selection.
|
||||
<TT>cut(n)</TT> deletes <TT>n</TT> characters after the
|
||||
<TT>position()</TT>. <TT>cut(-n)</TT> deletes <TT>n</TT>
|
||||
characters before the <TT>position()</TT>. <TT>cut(a,b)</TT>
|
||||
deletes the characters between offsets <TT>a</TT> and
|
||||
<TT>b</TT>. <TT>A</TT>, <TT>b</TT>, and <TT>n</TT> are all
|
||||
clamped to the size of the string. The mark and point are left
|
||||
where the deleted text was.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If you want the data to go into the clipboard, do
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Input_::copy()</TT> before calling
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Input_::cut()</TT>, or do <TT>Fl_Input_::copy_cuts()</TT>
|
||||
afterwards.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.insert">int Fl_Input_::insert(const char *t,int
|
||||
l=0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Insert the string <TT>t</TT> at the current position, and
|
||||
leave the mark and position after it. If <TT>l</TT> is not zero
|
||||
then it is assumed to be <TT>strlen(t)</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.copy">int Fl_Input_::copy(int clipboard)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Put the current selection between <TT>mark()</TT> and
|
||||
<TT>position()</TT> into the specified clipboard. Does not
|
||||
replace the old clipboard contents if <TT>position()</TT> and
|
||||
<TT>mark()</TT> are equal. Clipboard 0 maps to the current text
|
||||
selection and clipboard 1 maps to the cut/paste clipboard.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.undo">int Fl_Input_::undo()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Does undo of several previous calls to <TT>replace()</TT>.
|
||||
Returns non-zero if any change was made.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.copy_cuts">int Fl_Input_::copy_cuts()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Copy all the previous contiguous cuts from the undo
|
||||
information to the clipboard. This is used to make ^K work.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.input_type">int Fl_Input_::input_type() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Input_::input_type(int)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the input field type.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.readonly">int Fl_Input_::readonly() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Input_::readonly(int)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the read-only state of the input field.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.shortcut">ulong Fl_Input_::shortcut() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Input_::shortcut(ulong key)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the current shortcut key for the Input.
|
||||
<P>The second form sets the shortcut key to <TT>key</TT>. Setting this
|
||||
overrides the use of '&' in the <TT>label()</TT>. The value is a bitwise
|
||||
OR of a key and a set of shift flags, for example <CODE>FL_ALT | 'a'</CODE>
|
||||
, <CODE>FL_ALT | (FL_F + 10)</CODE>, or just <CODE>'a'</CODE>. A value
|
||||
of 0 disables the shortcut. </P>
|
||||
<P>The key can be any value returned by <A href="Fl.html#Fl.event_key">
|
||||
<TT>Fl::event_key()</TT></A>, but will usually be an ASCII letter. Use
|
||||
a lower-case letter unless you require the shift key to be held down. </P>
|
||||
<P>The shift flags can be any set of values accepted by <A href="Fl.html#Fl.event_state">
|
||||
<TT>Fl::event_state()</TT></A>. If the bit is on that shift key must
|
||||
be pushed. Meta, Alt, Ctrl, and Shift must be off if they are not in
|
||||
the shift flags (zero for the other bits indicates a "don't care"
|
||||
setting). </P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_.wrap">int Fl_Input_::wrap() const
|
||||
<BR>void Fl_Input_::wrap(int)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Gets or sets the word wrapping state of the input field. Word
|
||||
wrap is only functional with multi-line input fields.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Input_Choice</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Input_Choice>class Fl_Input_Choice</A></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Group.html#Fl_Group>Fl_Group</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Input_Choice</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Input_Choice.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P align='center'>
|
||||
<IMG SRC='input_choice.jpg'><BR>
|
||||
<I>Plastic and normal Fl::scheme()s.</I>
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
<P>A combination of the input widget and a menu button.
|
||||
The user can either type into the input area, or use the
|
||||
menu button chooser on the right, which loads the input area
|
||||
with predefined text. Normally it is drawn with an inset box
|
||||
and a white background.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The application can directly access both the input and menu
|
||||
widgets directly, using the <A HREF=#Fl_Input_Choice.menubutton>menubutton()</A>
|
||||
and <A HREF=#Fl_Input_Choice.input>input()</A> accessor methods.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Input_Choice methods."><TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL TYPE=DISC>
|
||||
<LI><A href='#Fl_Input_Choice.Fl_Input_Choice'>Fl_Input_Choice</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href='#Fl_Input_Choice.~Fl_Input_Choice'>~Fl_Input_Choice</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href='#Fl_Input_Choice.add'>add</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href='#Fl_Input_Choice.clear'>clear</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href='#Fl_Input_Choice.input'>input</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href='#Fl_Input_Choice.menu'>menu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href='#Fl_Input_Choice.menubutton'>menubutton</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href='#Fl_Input_Choice.value'>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</TD></TR></TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_Choice.Fl_Input_Choice">Fl_Input_Choice::Fl_Input_Choice(int x, int y, int w,
|
||||
int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Creates a new <TT>Fl_Input_Choice</TT> widget using the given position, size,
|
||||
and label string.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_Choice.~Fl_Input_Choice">virtual Fl_Input_Choice::~Fl_Input_Choice()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
|
||||
|
||||
<h4><a name='Fl_Input_Choice.add'>void Fl_Input_Choice::add(const char *s)</a></h4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Adds an item to the menu.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h4><a name='Fl_Input_Choice.clear'>void Fl_Input_Choice::clear()</a></h4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Removes all items from the menu.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_Choice.input">Fl_Input *Fl_Input_Choice::input()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Returns a reference to the internal <tt>Fl_Input</tt> widget.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h4><a name='Fl_Input_Choice.menu'>void Fl_Input_Choice::menu(const Fl_Menu_Item *m)<br>
|
||||
const Fl_Menu_Item *menu()</A></h4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Gets or sets the <tt>Fl_Menu_Item</tt> array used for the menu.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_Choice.menubutton">Fl_Menu_Button *Fl_Input_Choice::menubutton()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns a reference to the internal <tt>Fl_Menu_Button</tt> widget.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_Input_Choice.value">void Fl_Input_Choice::value(const char *s)<br>
|
||||
void Fl_Input_Choice::value(int v)<br>
|
||||
const char *Fl_Input_Choice::value() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Sets or returns the input widget's current contents. The
|
||||
second form sets the contents using the index into the menu
|
||||
which you can set as an integer. Setting the value effectively
|
||||
'chooses' this menu item, and sets it as the new input text,
|
||||
deleting the previous text.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Int_Input</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Int_Input>class Fl_Int_Input</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Input.html#Fl_Input>Fl_Input</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Int_Input</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Int_Input.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Int_Input</TT> class is a subclass of <TT>Fl_Input</TT>
|
||||
that only allows the user to type decimal digits (or hex numbers of
|
||||
the form <tt>0xaef</tt>).
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Int_Input.Fl_Int_Input>Fl_Int_Input</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Int_Input.~Fl_Int_Input>~Fl_Int_Input</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Int_Input.Fl_Int_Input>Fl_Int_Input::Fl_Int_Input(int x,
|
||||
int y, int w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Int_Input</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Int_Input.~Fl_Int_Input>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Int_Input::~Fl_Int_Input()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the widget and any value associated with it. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_JPEG_Image</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_JPEG_Image">class Fl_JPEG_Image</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href="Fl_RGB_Image.html">Fl_RGB_Image</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_JPEG_Image</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_JPEG_Image.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Additional Libraries</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
-lfltk_images / fltkimages.lib
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>Fl_JPEG_Image</TT> class supports loading, caching,
|
||||
and drawing of Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) File
|
||||
Interchange Format (JFIF) images. The class supports grayscale
|
||||
and color (RGB) JPEG image files.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_JPEG_Image.Fl_JPEG_Image">Fl_JPEG_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_JPEG_Image.~Fl_JPEG_Image">~Fl_JPEG_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_JPEG_Image.Fl_JPEG_Image">Fl_JPEG_Image::Fl_JPEG_Image(const char *filename);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor loads the named JPEG image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_JPEG_Image.~Fl_JPEG_Image">Fl_JPEG_Image::~Fl_JPEG_Image();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor free all memory and server resources that are used by
|
||||
the image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Light_Button</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Light_Button>class Fl_Light_Button</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Button.html#Fl_Button>Fl_Button</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Light_Button</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Light_Button.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
Buttons generate callbacks when they are clicked by the user. You
|
||||
control exactly when and how by changing the values for <TT>type()</TT>
|
||||
and <TT>when()</TT>.
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG SRC="Fl_Light_Button.gif" ALT="Fl_Light_Button widget."></P>
|
||||
<P>The <TT>Fl_Light_Button</TT> subclass display the "on" state by
|
||||
turning on a light, rather than drawing pushed in. The shape of the
|
||||
"light" is initially set to FL_DOWN_BOX. The color of the light when
|
||||
on is controlled with <TT>selection_color()</TT>, which defaults to
|
||||
FL_YELLOW.</P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Light_Button.Fl_Light_Button>Fl_Light_Button</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Light_Button.~Fl_Light_Button>~Fl_Light_Button</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Light_Button.Fl_Light_Button>
|
||||
Fl_Light_Button::Fl_Light_Button(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char
|
||||
*label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Light_Button</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label string.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Light_Button.~Fl_Light_Button>
|
||||
Fl_Light_Button::~Fl_Light_Button()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor deletes the check button. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,316 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Menu_</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Menu_>class Fl_Menu_</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Widget.html#Fl_Widget>Fl_Widget</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Menu_</B>----<A href=Fl_Menu_Item.html#Fl_Menu_Item>Fl_Menu_Item</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href=Fl_Choice.html#Fl_Choice>Fl_Choice</A>, <A href=Fl_Menu_Bar.html#Fl_Menu_Bar>Fl_Menu_Bar</A>, <A href=Fl_Menu_Button.html#Fl_Menu_Button>Fl_Menu_Button</A>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Menu_.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
All widgets that have a menu in FLTK are subclassed off of this class.
|
||||
Currently FLTK provides you with <A href=Fl_Menu_Button.html#Fl_Menu_Button>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Menu_Button</TT></A>, <A href=Fl_Menu_Bar.html#Fl_Menu_Bar><TT>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Bar</TT></A>, and <A href=Fl_Choice.html#Fl_Choice><TT>Fl_Choice</TT>
|
||||
</A>.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The class contains a pointer to an array of structures of type <A
|
||||
href=Fl_Menu_Item.html#Fl_Menu_Item> <TT>Fl_Menu_Item</TT></A>. The
|
||||
array may either be supplied directly by the user program, or it may
|
||||
be "private": a dynamically allocated array managed by the Fl_Menu_.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Menu_ methods.">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.Fl_Menu_>Fl_Menu_</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.~Fl_Menu_>~Fl_Menu_</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.add>add</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.clear>clear</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.copy>copy</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.down_box>down_box</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.find_item>find_item</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.global>global</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.item_pathname>item_pathname</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.menu>menu</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.mode>mode</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.mvalue>mvalue</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.remove>remove</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.replace>replace</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.shortcut>shortcut</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.size>size</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.test_shortcut>test_shortcut</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.text>text</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.textfont>textfont</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.textsize>textsize</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_.textcolor>textcolor</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.Fl_Menu_>Fl_Menu_::Fl_Menu_(int x, int y, int w,
|
||||
int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Menu_</TT> widget using the given position, size,
|
||||
and label string.<tt> menu()</tt> is initialized to null.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.~Fl_Menu_>virtual Fl_Menu_::~Fl_Menu_()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
If the menu array is private the memory it uses is freed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.add>int Fl_Menu_::add(const char* label, const
|
||||
char* shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void *user_data=0, int flags=0)</a><br>
|
||||
int Fl_Menu_::add(const char* label, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*,
|
||||
void *user_data=0, int flags=0)</h4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Adds a new menu item, with a <TT>title</TT> string, <TT>
|
||||
shortcut</TT> string, <TT>callback</TT>, argument to the
|
||||
callback, and flags. If the menu array was directly set with
|
||||
<tt>menu(x)</tt> then <tt>copy()</tt> is done to make a private
|
||||
array.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The characters "&", "/", "\", and "_" are treated as
|
||||
special characters in the label string. The "&" character
|
||||
specifies that the following character is an accelerator and
|
||||
will be underlined. The "\" character is used to escape the next
|
||||
character in the string. Labels starting with the "_" character
|
||||
cause a divider to be placed after that menu item.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>A label of the form "foo/bar/baz" will create a
|
||||
submenus called "foo" and "bar" with an
|
||||
entry called "baz". The "/" character is ignored if it
|
||||
appears as the first character of the label string, e.g.
|
||||
"/foo/bar/baz".</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The label string is copied to new memory and can be freed.
|
||||
The other arguments (including the shortcut) are copied into the
|
||||
menu item unchanged. </P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If an item exists already with that name then it is replaced with
|
||||
this new one. Otherwise this new one is added to the end of the
|
||||
correct menu or submenu. The return value is the offset into the array
|
||||
that the new entry was placed at.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Shortcut can be 0L, or either a modifier/key combination (for example
|
||||
FL_CTRL+'A') or a string describing the shortcut in one of two ways:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
[#+^]<ascii_value> eg. "97", "^97", "+97", "#97"
|
||||
[#+^]<ascii_char> eg. "a", "^a", "+a", "#a"
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
..where <ascii_value> is a decimal value representing an
|
||||
ascii character (eg. 97 is the ascii for 'a'), and the optional
|
||||
prefixes enhance the value that follows. Multiple prefixes must
|
||||
appear in the above order.
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
# - Alt
|
||||
+ - Shift
|
||||
^ - Control
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
Text shortcuts are converted to integer shortcut by calling
|
||||
<tt>int fl_old_shortcut(const char*)</tt>.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The return value is the index into the array that the entry was put. </P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>No items must be added to a menu during a callback to the same menu.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h4>int Fl_Menu_::add(const char *)</H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The passed string is split at any '|' characters and then
|
||||
<TT>add(s,0,0,0,0)</TT> is done with each section. This is
|
||||
often useful if you are just using the value, and is compatible
|
||||
with Forms and other GL programs. The section strings use the
|
||||
same special characters as described for the long version of <a
|
||||
href='#Fl_Menu_.add'><tt>add()</tt></a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>No items must be added to a menu during a callback to the same menu.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.clear>void Fl_Menu_::clear()</A></H4>
|
||||
Same as <tt>menu(NULL)</tt>, set the array pointer to null, indicating
|
||||
a zero-length menu.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Menus must no be cleared during a callback to the same menu.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.copy>void Fl_Menu_::copy(const
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item*, void* user_data = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The menu is set to a private copy of the passed Fl_Menu_Item
|
||||
array. This is useful if you want to modify the flags of the
|
||||
menu items. If the <tt>user_data</tt> argument is non-NULL, then
|
||||
the <tt>user_data</tt> members of the menu items are set to the
|
||||
given value.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.down_box>Fl_Boxtype Fl_Menu_::down_box() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_::down_box(Fl_Boxtype)</A></H4>
|
||||
This box type is used to surround the currently-selected items in the
|
||||
menus. If this is <TT>FL_NO_BOX</TT> then it acts like <TT>
|
||||
FL_THIN_UP_BOX</TT> and <TT>selection_color()</TT> acts like <TT>
|
||||
FL_WHITE</TT>, for back compatability.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h4><a name="Fl_Menu_.find_item">const Fl_Menu_Item *Fl_Menu_::find_item(const char *name);</a></h4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Returns a pointer to the menu item with the given (full)
|
||||
pathname. If no matching menu item can be found, a NULL pointer
|
||||
is returned. This function does not search submenus that are linked
|
||||
via FL_SUBMENU_POINTER.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h4><a name=Fl_Menu_.item_pathname>int Fl_Menu_::item_pathname(char *name, int namelen ) const;</a><br>
|
||||
int Fl_Menu_::item_pathname(char *name, int namelen, const Fl_Menu_Item *finditem) const;</h4>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Returns the 'menu pathname' (eg. "File/Quit") for the recently picked item in user supplied string 'name'. Useful in the callback function for a menu item, to determine the last picked item's 'menu pathname' string.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If finditem is specified, name will contain the 'menu pathname' for that item.
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Returns:
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>0 - OK: 'name' has the pathname, guaranteed not longer than namelen
|
||||
<li>-1 - Failed: 'finditem' was not found in the menu
|
||||
<li>-2 - Failed: 'name' is not large enough to handle the menu names
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>In the case of errors (-1 or -2), 'name' will be an empty string.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.menu>const Fl_Menu_Item* Fl_Menu_::menu()
|
||||
const</a></h4>
|
||||
|
||||
Returns a pointer to the array of Fl_Menu_Items. This will either be
|
||||
the value passed to <tt>menu(value)</tt> or the private copy.
|
||||
|
||||
<h4>void Fl_Menu_::menu(const Fl_Menu_Item*)</H4>
|
||||
Set the menu array pointer directly. If the old menu is private it is
|
||||
deleted. <tt>NULL</tt> is allowed and acts the same as a zero-length
|
||||
menu. If you try to modify the array (with add(), replace(), or
|
||||
delete()) a private copy is automatically done.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.mode>void Fl_Menu_::mode(int i, int x);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
Changes the flags of item <TT>i</TT>. For a list of the flags, see <a
|
||||
href=Fl_Menu_Item.html>Fl_Menu_Item</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.mvalue>const Fl_Menu_Item* Fl_Menu_::mvalue()
|
||||
const</a></h4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Returns a pointer to the last menu item that was picked.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.remove>void Fl_Menu_::remove(int n)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
Deletes item <TT>n</TT> from the menu. If the menu array was directly
|
||||
set with menu(x) then copy() is done to make a private array.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>No items must be removed from a menu during a callback to the same menu.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.replace>void Fl_Menu_::replace(int n, const char *)</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
|
||||
Changes the text of item <TT>n</TT>. This is the only way to get
|
||||
slash into an add()'ed menu item. If the menu array was directly set
|
||||
with menu(x) then copy() is done to make a private array.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.shortcut>void Fl_Menu_::shortcut(int i, int n);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
Changes the shortcut of item <TT>i</TT> to <TT>n</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.size>int Fl_Menu_::size() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
This returns the number of Fl_Menu_Item structures that make up the
|
||||
menu, correctly counting submenus. This includes the "terminator"
|
||||
item at the end. To copy a menu array you need to copy
|
||||
<tt>size()*sizeof(Fl_Menu_Item)</tt> bytes. If the menu is
|
||||
<TT>NULL</TT> this returns zero (an empty menu will return 1).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.test_shortcut>const Fl_Menu_Item*
|
||||
Fl_Menu_::test_shortcut()</A></H4>
|
||||
Only call this in response to <TT>FL_SHORTCUT events</TT>. If the
|
||||
event matches an entry in the menu that entry is selected and the
|
||||
callback will be done (or <TT>changed()</TT> will be set). This allows
|
||||
shortcuts directed at one window to call menus in another.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.global>void Fl_Menu_::global()</A></H4>
|
||||
Make the shortcuts for this menu work no matter what window has the
|
||||
focus when you type it. This is done by using <A href=osissues.html#add_handler>
|
||||
<TT>Fl::add_handler()</TT></A>. This <TT>Fl_Menu_</TT> widget does not
|
||||
have to be visible (ie the window it is in can be hidden, or it does
|
||||
not have to be put in a window at all).
|
||||
<P>Currently there can be only one <TT>global()</TT>menu. Setting a new
|
||||
one will replace the old one. There is no way to remove the <TT>
|
||||
global()</TT> setting (so don't destroy the widget!)</P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.text>const char* Fl_Menu_::text() const
|
||||
<BR> const char* Fl_Menu_::text(int i) const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the title of the last item chosen, or of item <TT>i</TT>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.textcolor>Fl_Color Fl_Menu_::textcolor() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_::textcolor(Fl_Color)</A></H4>
|
||||
Get or set the current color of menu item labels.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.textfont>Fl_Font Fl_Menu_::textfont() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_::textfont(Fl_Font)</A></H4>
|
||||
Get or set the current font of menu item labels.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.textsize>uchar Fl_Menu_::textsize() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_::textsize(uchar)</A></H4>
|
||||
Get or set the font size of menu item labels.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_.value>int Fl_Menu_::value() const
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Menu_::value(int)
|
||||
<BR> const Fl_Menu_Item* mvalue() const
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Menu_::value(const Fl_Menu_Item*)</A></H4>
|
||||
The value is the index into <TT>menu()</TT> of the last item chosen by
|
||||
the user. It is zero initially. You can set it as an integer, or set
|
||||
it with a pointer to a menu item. The set routines return non-zero if
|
||||
the new value is different than the old one.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Menu_Bar</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Menu_Bar>class Fl_Menu_Bar</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Menu_.html#Fl_Menu_>Fl_Menu_</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Menu_Bar</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Menu_Bar.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This widget provides a standard menubar interface. Usually you will
|
||||
put this widget along the top edge of your window. The height of the
|
||||
widget should be 30 for the menu titles to draw correctly with the
|
||||
default font.
|
||||
<P>The items on the bar and the menus they bring up are defined by a
|
||||
single <A href=Fl_Menu_Item.html#Fl_Menu_Item><TT>Fl_Menu_Item</TT></A>
|
||||
array. Because a <TT>Fl_Menu_Item</TT> array defines a hierarchy, the
|
||||
top level menu defines the items in the menubar, while the submenus
|
||||
define the pull-down menus. Sub-sub menus and lower pop up to the right
|
||||
of the submenus. </P>
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG src="menubar.gif" ALT="Fl_Menu_Bar widget."></P>
|
||||
<P>If there is an item in the top menu that is not a title of a
|
||||
submenu, then it acts like a "button" in the menubar. Clicking on it
|
||||
will pick it. </P>
|
||||
<P>When the user picks an item off the menu, the item's callback is
|
||||
done with the menubar as the <TT>Fl_Widget*</TT> argument. If the item
|
||||
does not have a callback the menubar's callback is done instead. </P>
|
||||
<P>Submenus will also pop up in response to shortcuts indicated by
|
||||
putting a '&' character in the name field of the menu item. If you put a
|
||||
'&' character in a top-level "button" then the shortcut picks it. The
|
||||
'&' character in submenus is ignored until the menu is popped up. </P>
|
||||
<P>Typing the <TT>shortcut()</TT> of any of the menu items will cause
|
||||
callbacks exactly the same as when you pick the item with the mouse. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Bar.Fl_Menu_Bar>Fl_Menu_Bar</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Bar.~Fl_Menu_Bar>~Fl_Menu_Bar</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Bar.Fl_Menu_Bar>Fl_Menu_Bar::Fl_Menu_Bar(int x, int
|
||||
y, int w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Menu_Bar</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_UP_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<P>The constructor sets <TT>menu()</TT> to <TT>NULL</TT>. See <A href=Fl_Menu_.html#Fl_Menu_>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Menu_</TT></A> for the methods to set or change the menu. </P>
|
||||
<P><TT>labelsize()</TT>, <TT>labelfont()</TT>, and <TT>labelcolor()</TT>
|
||||
are used to control how the menubar items are drawn. They are
|
||||
initialized from the <TT>Fl_Menu</TT> static variables, but you can
|
||||
change them if desired. </P>
|
||||
<P><TT>label()</TT> is ignored unless you change <TT>align()</TT> to
|
||||
put it outside the menubar. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Bar.~Fl_Menu_Bar>virtual Fl_Menu_Bar::~Fl_Menu_Bar()</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the <TT>Fl_Menu_Bar</TT> widget and all of its
|
||||
menu items. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Menu_Button</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Menu_Button>class Fl_Menu_Button</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Menu_.html#Fl_Menu_>Fl_Menu_</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Menu_Button</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Menu_Button.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This is a button that when pushed pops up a menu (or hierarchy of
|
||||
menus) defined by an array of <A href=Fl_Menu_Item.html#Fl_Menu_Item><TT>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item</TT></A> objects.
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG src="menu_button.gif" ALT="Fl_Menu_Button widget."></P>
|
||||
<P>Normally any mouse button will pop up a menu and it is lined up
|
||||
below the button as shown in the picture. However an <TT>Fl_Menu_Button</TT>
|
||||
may also control a pop-up menu. This is done by setting the <TT>type()</TT>
|
||||
, see below. </P>
|
||||
<P>The menu will also pop up in response to shortcuts indicated by
|
||||
putting a '&' character in the <TT>label()</TT>. </P>
|
||||
<P>Typing the <TT>shortcut()</TT> of any of the menu items will cause
|
||||
callbacks exactly the same as when you pick the item with the mouse.
|
||||
The '&' character in menu item names are only looked at when the menu is
|
||||
popped up, however. </P>
|
||||
<P>When the user picks an item off the menu, the item's callback is
|
||||
done with the menu_button as the <TT>Fl_Widget*</TT> argument. If the
|
||||
item does not have a callback the menu_button's callback is done
|
||||
instead. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Button.Fl_Menu_Button>Fl_Menu_Button</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Button.~Fl_Menu_Button>~Fl_Menu_Button</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Button.popup>popup</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Button.type>type</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Button.Fl_Menu_Button>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Button::Fl_Menu_Button(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char
|
||||
*label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Menu_Button</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_UP_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<P>The constructor sets <TT>menu()</TT> to <TT>NULL</TT>. See <A href=Fl_Menu_.html#Fl_Menu_>
|
||||
<TT>Fl_Menu_</TT></A> for the methods to set or change the menu. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Button.~Fl_Menu_Button>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Button::~Fl_Menu_Button()</A></H4>
|
||||
The destructor removes the <TT>Fl_Menu_Button</TT> widget and all of
|
||||
its menu items.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Button.popup>const Fl_Menu* Fl_Menu_Button::popup()</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
Act exactly as though the user clicked the button or typed the
|
||||
shortcut key. The menu appears, it waits for the user to pick an item,
|
||||
and if they pick one it sets <TT>value()</TT> and does the callback or
|
||||
sets <TT>changed()</TT> as described above. The menu item is returned
|
||||
or <TT>NULL</TT> if the user dismisses the menu.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Button.type>void Fl_Menu_Button::type(uchar)</A></H4>
|
||||
If <TT>type()</TT> is zero a normal menu button is produced. If it is
|
||||
nonzero then this is a pop-up menu. The bits in <TT>type()</TT>
|
||||
indicate what mouse buttons pop up the menu. For convienece the
|
||||
constants <TT>Fl_Menu_Button::POPUP1, POPUP2, POPUP3, POPUP12, POPUP13,
|
||||
POPUP23</TT>, and <TT>POPUP123</TT> are defined. <TT>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Button::POPUP3</TT> is usually what you want.
|
||||
<P>A popup menu button is invisible and does not interfere with any
|
||||
events other than the mouse button specified (and any shortcuts). The
|
||||
widget can be stretched to cover all your other widgets by putting it
|
||||
last in the hierarchy so it is "on top". You can also make several
|
||||
widgets covering different areas for context-sensitive popup menus. </P>
|
||||
<P>The popup menus appear with the cursor pointing at the previously
|
||||
selected item. This is a <I>feature</I>. If you don't like it, do <TT>
|
||||
value(0)</TT> after the menu items are picked to forget the current
|
||||
item. </P>
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Menu_Item</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Menu_Item>struct Fl_Menu_Item</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<B>struct Fl_Menu_Item</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Menu_Item.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Menu_Item</TT> structure defines a single menu item that
|
||||
is used by the <A href=Fl_Menu_.html#Fl_Menu_>Fl_Menu_</A> class. This
|
||||
structure is defined in <TT> <FL/Fl_Menu_Item.H></TT>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
struct Fl_Menu_Item {
|
||||
const char* text; // label()
|
||||
ulong shortcut_;
|
||||
Fl_Callback* callback_;
|
||||
void* user_data_;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
uchar labeltype_;
|
||||
uchar labelfont_;
|
||||
uchar labelsize_;
|
||||
uchar labelcolor_;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum { // values for flags:
|
||||
FL_MENU_INACTIVE = 1,
|
||||
FL_MENU_TOGGLE = 2,
|
||||
FL_MENU_VALUE = 4,
|
||||
FL_MENU_RADIO = 8,
|
||||
FL_MENU_INVISIBLE = 0x10,
|
||||
FL_SUBMENU_POINTER = 0x20,
|
||||
FL_SUBMENU = 0x40,
|
||||
FL_MENU_DIVIDER = 0x80,
|
||||
FL_MENU_HORIZONTAL = 0x100
|
||||
};
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
Typically menu items are statically defined; for example:
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item popup[] = {
|
||||
{"&alpha", FL_ALT+'a', the_cb, (void*)1},
|
||||
{"&beta", FL_ALT+'b', the_cb, (void*)2},
|
||||
{"gamma", FL_ALT+'c', the_cb, (void*)3, FL_MENU_DIVIDER},
|
||||
{"&strange", 0, strange_cb},
|
||||
{"&charm", 0, charm_cb},
|
||||
{"&truth", 0, truth_cb},
|
||||
{"b&eauty", 0, beauty_cb},
|
||||
{"sub&menu", 0, 0, 0, FL_SUBMENU},
|
||||
{"one"},
|
||||
{"two"},
|
||||
{"three"},
|
||||
{0},
|
||||
{"inactive", FL_ALT+'i', 0, 0, FL_MENU_INACTIVE|FL_MENU_DIVIDER},
|
||||
{"invisible",FL_ALT+'i', 0, 0, FL_MENU_INVISIBLE},
|
||||
{"check", FL_ALT+'i', 0, 0, FL_MENU_TOGGLE|FL_MENU_VALUE},
|
||||
{"box", FL_ALT+'i', 0, 0, FL_MENU_TOGGLE},
|
||||
{0}};
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
produces:
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><IMG src="menu.gif" ALT="Fl_Menu_Item widgets."></P>
|
||||
|
||||
A submenu title is identified by the bit <TT>FL_SUBMENU</TT> in the <TT>
|
||||
flags</TT> field, and ends with a <TT>label()</TT> that is <TT>NULL</TT>.
|
||||
You can nest menus to any depth. A pointer to the first item in the
|
||||
submenu can be treated as an <TT>Fl_Menu</TT> array itself. It is also
|
||||
possible to make seperate submenu arrays with <TT>FL_SUBMENU_POINTER</TT>
|
||||
flags.
|
||||
<P>You should use the method functions to access structure members and
|
||||
not access them directly to avoid compatibility problems with future
|
||||
releases of FLTK. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<TABLE width=90% summary="Fl_Menu_Item methods.">
|
||||
<TR><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.label>label</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.labeltype>labeltype</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.labelcolor>labelcolor</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.labelfont>labelfont</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.labelsize>labelsize</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.callback>callback</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.user_data>user_data</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.argument>argument</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.do_callback>do_callback</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.shortcut>shortcut</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.submenu>submenu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.checkbox>checkbox</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.radio>radio</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.set>set</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.setonly>setonly</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.clear>clear</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.visible>visible</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.show>show</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.hide>hide</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.active>active</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.activate>activate</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.deactivate>deactivate</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD><TD align=left valign=top>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.popup>popup</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.pulldown>pulldown</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.test_shortcut>test_shortcut</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.size>size</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Item.next>next</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</TD></TR>
|
||||
</TABLE>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.label>const char* Fl_Menu_Item::label() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::label(const char*)
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::label(Fl_Labeltype, const char*)</A></H4>
|
||||
This is the title of the item. A <TT>NULL</TT> here indicates the end
|
||||
of the menu (or of a submenu). A '&' in the item will print an
|
||||
underscore under the next letter, and if the menu is popped up that
|
||||
letter will be a "shortcut" to pick that item. To get a
|
||||
real '&' put two
|
||||
in a row.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.labeltype>Fl_Labeltype
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item::labeltype() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::labeltype(Fl_Labeltype)</A></H4>
|
||||
A <TT>labeltype</TT> identifies a routine that draws the label of the
|
||||
widget. This can be used for special effects such as emboss, or to use
|
||||
the <TT>label()</TT> pointer as another form of data such as a bitmap.
|
||||
The value <TT>FL_NORMAL_LABEL</TT> prints the label as text.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.labelcolor>Fl_Color Fl_Menu_Item::labelcolor()
|
||||
const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::labelcolor(Fl_Color)</A></H4>
|
||||
This color is passed to the labeltype routine, and is typically the
|
||||
color of the label text. This defaults to <TT>FL_BLACK</TT>. If this
|
||||
color is not black fltk will <I>not</I> use overlay bitplanes to draw
|
||||
the menu - this is so that images put in the menu draw correctly.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.labelfont>Fl_Font Fl_Menu_Item::labelfont()
|
||||
const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::labelfont(Fl_Font)</A></H4>
|
||||
Fonts are identified by small 8-bit indexes into a table. See the <A href=enumerations.html#Enumerations>
|
||||
enumeration list</A> for predefined fonts. The default value is a
|
||||
Helvetica font. The function <A href="Fl.html#Fl.set_font"><TT>
|
||||
Fl::set_font()</TT></A> can define new fonts.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.labelsize>uchar Fl_Menu_Item::labelsize() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::labelsize(uchar)</A></H4>
|
||||
Gets or sets the label font pixel size/height.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.callback>typedef void
|
||||
(Fl_Callback)(Fl_Widget*, void*)
|
||||
<BR> Fl_Callback* Fl_Menu_Item::callback() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::callback(Fl_Callback*, void* = 0)
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::callback(void (*)(Fl_Widget*))</A></H4>
|
||||
Each item has space for a callback function and an argument for that
|
||||
function. Due to back compatability, the <TT>Fl_Menu_Item</TT> itself
|
||||
is not passed to the callback, instead you have to get it by calling <TT>
|
||||
((Fl_Menu_*)w)->mvalue()</TT> where <TT>w</TT> is the widget argument.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.user_data>void* Fl_Menu_Item::user_data() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::user_data(void*)</A></H4>
|
||||
Get or set the <TT>user_data</TT> argument that is sent to the
|
||||
callback function.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.argument>void Fl_Menu_Item::callback(void
|
||||
(*)(Fl_Widget*, long), long = 0)
|
||||
<BR> long Fl_Menu_Item::argument() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::argument(long)</A></H4>
|
||||
For convenience you can also define the callback as taking a <TT>long</TT>
|
||||
argument. This is implemented by casting this to a <TT>Fl_Callback</TT>
|
||||
and casting the <TT>long</TT> to a <TT>void*</TT> and may not be
|
||||
portable to some machines.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.do_callback>void
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item::do_callback(Fl_Widget*)
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::do_callback(Fl_Widget*, void*)
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::do_callback(Fl_Widget*, long)</A></H4>
|
||||
Call the <TT>Fl_Menu_Item</TT> item's callback, and provide the <TT>
|
||||
Fl_Widget</TT> argument (and optionally override the user_data()
|
||||
argument). You must first check that <TT>callback()</TT> is non-zero
|
||||
before calling this.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.shortcut>ulong Fl_Menu_Item::shortcut() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Menu_Item::shortcut(ulong)</A></H4>
|
||||
Sets exactly what key combination will trigger the menu item. The
|
||||
value is a logical 'or' of a key and a set of shift flags, for instance <TT>
|
||||
FL_ALT+'a'</TT> or <TT>FL_ALT+FL_F+10</TT> or just 'a'. A value of
|
||||
zero disables the shortcut.
|
||||
<P>The key can be any value returned by <A href="Fl.html#Fl.event_key">
|
||||
<TT>Fl::event_key()</TT></A>, but will usually be an ASCII letter. Use
|
||||
a lower-case letter unless you require the shift key to be held down. </P>
|
||||
<P>The shift flags can be any set of values accepted by <A href="Fl.html#Fl.event_state">
|
||||
<TT>Fl::event_state()</TT></A>. If the bit is on that shift key must
|
||||
be pushed. Meta, Alt, Ctrl, and Shift must be off if they are not in
|
||||
the shift flags (zero for the other bits indicates a "don't care"
|
||||
setting). </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.submenu>int Fl_Menu_Item::submenu() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns true if either <TT>FL_SUBMENU</TT> or <TT>FL_SUBMENU_POINTER</TT>
|
||||
is on in the flags. <TT>FL_SUBMENU</TT> indicates an embedded submenu
|
||||
that goes from the next item through the next one with a <TT>NULL</TT>
|
||||
<TT>label()</TT>. <TT>FL_SUBMENU_POINTER</TT> indicates that <TT>user_data()</TT>
|
||||
is a pointer to another menu array.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.checkbox>int Fl_Menu_Item::checkbox() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns true if a checkbox will be drawn next to this item. This is
|
||||
true if <TT>FL_MENU_TOGGLE</TT> or <TT>FL_MENU_RADIO</TT> is set in the
|
||||
flags.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.radio>int Fl_Menu_Item::radio() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns true if this item is a radio item. When a radio button is
|
||||
selected all "adjacent" radio buttons are turned off. A set of radio
|
||||
items is delimited by an item that has <TT>radio()</TT> false, or by an
|
||||
item with <TT>FL_MENU_DIVIDER</TT> turned on.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.value>int Fl_Menu_Item::value() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the current value of the check or radio item.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.set>void Fl_Menu_Item::set()</A></H4>
|
||||
Turns the check or radio item "on" for the menu item. Note that this
|
||||
does not turn off any adjacent radio items like <TT>set_only()</TT>
|
||||
does.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.setonly>void Fl_Menu_Item::setonly()</A></H4>
|
||||
Turns the radio item "on" for the menu item and turns off adjacent
|
||||
radio item.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.clear>void Fl_Menu_Item::clear()</A></H4>
|
||||
Turns the check or radio item "off" for the menu item.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.visible>int Fl_Menu_Item::visible() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Gets the visibility of an item.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.show>void Fl_Menu_Item::show()</A></H4>
|
||||
Makes an item visible in the menu.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.hide>void Fl_Menu_Item::hide()</A></H4>
|
||||
Hides an item in the menu.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.active>int Fl_Menu_Item::active() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Get whether or not the item can be picked.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.activate>void Fl_Menu_Item::activate()</A></H4>
|
||||
Allows a menu item to be picked.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.deactivate>void Fl_Menu_Item::deactivate()</A></H4>
|
||||
Prevents a menu item from being picked. Note that this will also cause
|
||||
the menu item to appear grayed-out.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.popup>const Fl_Menu_Item
|
||||
*Fl_Menu_Item::popup(int X, int Y, const char* title = 0, const
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item* picked = 0, const Fl_Menu_* button = 0) const</A></H4>
|
||||
This method is called by widgets that want to display menus. The menu
|
||||
stays up until the user picks an item or dismisses it. The selected
|
||||
item (or <TT>NULL</TT> if none) is returned. <I>This does not do the
|
||||
callbacks or change the state of check or radio items.</I>
|
||||
<P><TT>X,Y</TT> is the position of the mouse cursor, relative to the
|
||||
window that got the most recent event (usually you can pass <TT>
|
||||
Fl::event_x()</TT> and <TT>Fl::event_y()</TT> unchanged here). </P>
|
||||
<P><TT>title</TT> is a character string title for the menu. If
|
||||
non-zero a small box appears above the menu with the title in it. </P>
|
||||
<P>The menu is positioned so the cursor is centered over the item <TT>
|
||||
picked</TT>. This will work even if <TT>picked</TT> is in a submenu.
|
||||
If <TT>picked</TT> is zero or not in the menu item table the menu is
|
||||
positioned with the cursor in the top-left corner. </P>
|
||||
<P><TT>button</TT> is a pointer to an <A href=Fl_Menu_.html#Fl_Menu_><TT>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_</TT></A> from which the color and boxtypes for the menu are
|
||||
pulled. If <TT>NULL</TT> then defaults are used. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.pulldown>const Fl_Menu_Item
|
||||
*Fl_Menu_Item::pulldown(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const Fl_Menu_Item*
|
||||
picked = 0, const Fl_Menu_* button = 0, const Fl_Menu_Item* title = 0,
|
||||
int menubar=0) const</A></H4>
|
||||
<TT>pulldown()</TT> is similar to <TT>popup()</TT>, but a rectangle is
|
||||
provided to position the menu. The menu is made at least <TT>W</TT>
|
||||
wide, and the <TT>picked</TT> item is centered over the rectangle
|
||||
(like <TT>Fl_Choice</TT> uses). If <TT>picked</TT> is zero or not
|
||||
found, the menu is aligned just below the rectangle (like a pulldown
|
||||
menu).
|
||||
<P>The <TT>title</TT> and <TT>menubar</TT> arguments are used
|
||||
internally by the <TT>Fl_Menu_Bar</TT> widget. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.test_shortcut>const Fl_Menu_Item*
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item::test_shortcut() const</A></H4>
|
||||
This is designed to be called by a widgets <TT>handle()</TT> method in
|
||||
response to a <TT>FL_SHORTCUT</TT> event. If the current event matches
|
||||
one of the items shortcut, that item is returned. If the keystroke
|
||||
does not match any shortcuts then <TT>NULL</TT> is returned. This only
|
||||
matches the <TT>shortcut()</TT> fields, not the letters in the title
|
||||
preceeded by '
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.size>int Fl_Menu_Item::size()</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the number of Fl_Menu_Item structures that make up this menu,
|
||||
correctly counting submenus. This includes the "terminator" item at
|
||||
the end. So to copy a menu you need to copy
|
||||
<tt>size()*sizeof(Fl_Menu_Item)</tt> bytes.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Item.next>const Fl_Menu_Item*
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Item::next(int n=1) const
|
||||
<BR> Fl_Menu_Item* Fl_Menu_Item::next(int n=1);</A></H4>
|
||||
Advance a pointer by <TT>n</TT> items through a menu array, skipping
|
||||
the contents of submenus and invisible items. There are two calls so
|
||||
that you can advance through const and non-const data. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Menu_Window</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Menu_Window>class Fl_Menu_Window</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Single_Window.html#Fl_Single_Window>Fl_Single_Window</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Menu_Window</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Menu_Window.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Menu_Window</TT> widget is a window type used for menus. By
|
||||
default the window is drawn in the hardware overlay planes if they are
|
||||
available so that the menu don't force the rest of the window to
|
||||
redraw.
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Window.Fl_Menu_Window>Fl_Menu_Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Window.~Fl_Menu_Window>~Fl_Menu_Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Window.clear_overlay>clear_overlay</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Menu_Window.set_overlay>set_overlay</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Window.Fl_Menu_Window>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Window::Fl_Menu_Window(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char
|
||||
*label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Menu_Window</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Window.~Fl_Menu_Window>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Window::~Fl_Menu_Window()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the window and all of its children.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Window.clear_overlay>
|
||||
Fl_Menu_Window::clear_overlay();</A></H4>
|
||||
Tells FLTK to use normal drawing planes instead of overlay planes.
|
||||
This is usually necessary if your menu contains multi-color pixmaps.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Menu_Window.set_overlay>Fl_Menu_Window::set_overlay()</A></H4>
|
||||
Tells FLTK to use hardware overlay planes if they are available. </BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Multi_Browser</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Multi_Browser>class Fl_Multi_Browser</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Browser.html#Fl_Browser>Fl_Browser</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Multi_Browser</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Multi_Browser.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
The <TT>Fl_Multi_Browser</TT> class is a subclass of <TT>Fl_Browser</TT>
|
||||
which lets the user select any set of the lines. The user interface
|
||||
is Macintosh style: clicking an item turns off all the others and
|
||||
selects that one, dragging selects all the items the mouse moves over,
|
||||
and shift + click toggles the items. This is different then how forms
|
||||
did it. Normally the callback is done when the user releases the
|
||||
mouse, but you can change this with <TT>when()</TT>.
|
||||
<P>See <A href=Fl_Browser.html#Fl_Browser><TT>Fl_Browser</TT></A> for
|
||||
methods to add and remove lines from the browser. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multi_Browser.Fl_Multi_Browser>Fl_Multi_Browser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multi_Browser.~Fl_Multi_Browser>~Fl_Multi_Browser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multi_Browser.deselect>deselect</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multi_Browser.select>select</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multi_Browser.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multi_Browser.Fl_Multi_Browser>
|
||||
Fl_Multi_Browser::Fl_Multi_Browser(int x, int y, int w, int h, const
|
||||
char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Multi_Browser</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>
|
||||
.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multi_Browser.~Fl_Multi_Browser>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Multi_Browser::~Fl_Multi_Browser()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
The destructor <I>also deletes all the items in the list</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multi_Browser.deselect>int Fl_Browser::deselect()</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
Deselects all lines.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multi_Browser.select>int Fl_Browser::select(int line_no,int v=1)
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Browser::selected(int line_no) const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
The first version of this call selects (v=1) or deselects (v=0)
|
||||
a line in the browser. The second call returns the current selection
|
||||
state of a line.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multi_Browser.value>void Fl_Browser::value(int)
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Browser::value() const</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
The first version of this call selects a single line. The second version returns
|
||||
the currently focused item, even if it is not selected. To find all
|
||||
selected items, call
|
||||
<TT><A href=Fl_Multi_Browser.html#Fl_Multi_Browser.select>
|
||||
Fl_Multi_Browser::selected()</A></TT> for every item in question.
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Multiline_Input</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Multiline_Input>class Fl_Multiline_Input</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Input.html#Fl_Input>Fl_Input</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Multiline_Input</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Multiline_Input.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This input field displays '\n' characters as new lines rather than ^J,
|
||||
and accepts the Return, Tab, and up and down arrow keys. This is for
|
||||
editing multiline text.
|
||||
<P>This is far from the nirvana of text editors, and is probably only
|
||||
good for small bits of text, 10 lines at most. I think FLTK can be
|
||||
used to write a powerful text editor, but it is not going to be a
|
||||
built-in feature. Powerful text editors in a toolkit are a big source
|
||||
of bloat. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multiline_Input.Fl_Multiline_Input>Fl_Multiline_Input</A>
|
||||
</LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multiline_Input.~Fl_Multiline_Input>~Fl_Multiline_Input</A>
|
||||
</LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multiline_Input.Fl_Multiline_Input>
|
||||
Fl_Multiline_Input::Fl_Multiline_Input(int x, int y, int w, int h,
|
||||
const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Multiline_Input</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>
|
||||
.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multiline_Input.~Fl_Multiline_Input>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Multiline_Input::~Fl_Multiline_Input()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the widget and any value associated with it. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Multiline_Output</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Multiline_Output>class Fl_Multiline_Output</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Output.html#Fl_Output>Fl_Output</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Multiline_Output</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Multiline_Output.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This widget is a subclass of <TT>Fl_Output</TT> that displays multiple
|
||||
lines of text. It also displays tab characters as whitespace to the
|
||||
next column.
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multiline_Output.Fl_Multiline_Output>Fl_Multiline_Output</A>
|
||||
</LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Multiline_Output.~Fl_Multiline_Output>
|
||||
~Fl_Multiline_Output</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multiline_Output.Fl_Multiline_Output>
|
||||
Fl_Multiline_Output::Fl_Multiline_Output(int x, int y, int w, int h,
|
||||
const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Multiline_Output</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>
|
||||
.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Multiline_Output.~Fl_Multiline_Output>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Multiline_Output::~Fl_Multiline_Output()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the widget and any value associated with it. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Output</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_Output">class Fl_Output</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href="Fl_Input.html#Fl_Input">Fl_Input</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Output</B>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<A href=Fl_Multiline_Output.html#Fl_Multiline_Output>Fl_Multiline_Output</A>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Output.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This widget displays a piece of text. When you set the <TT>value()</TT>
|
||||
, <TT>Fl_Output</TT> does a <TT>strcpy()</TT> to it's own storage,
|
||||
which is useful for program-generated values. The user may select
|
||||
portions of the text using the mouse and paste the contents into other
|
||||
fields or programs.
|
||||
<CENTER><IMG src="text.gif" ALT="Fl_Output widget."></CENTER>
|
||||
<P>There is a single subclass, <A href=Fl_Multiline_Output.html#Fl_Multiline_Output>
|
||||
Fl_Multiline_Output</A>, which allows you to display multiple lines of
|
||||
text. </P>
|
||||
<P>The text may contain any characters except \0, and will correctly
|
||||
display anything, using ^X notation for unprintable control characters
|
||||
and \nnn notation for unprintable characters with the high bit set. It
|
||||
assumes the font can draw any characters in the ISO-Latin1 character
|
||||
set. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Output.Fl_Output>Fl_Output</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Output.~Fl_Output>~Fl_Output</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Output.index>index</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Output.size>size</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Output.textcolor>textcolor</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Output.textfont>textfont</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Output.textsize>textsize</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Output.value>value</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Output.Fl_Output>Fl_Output::Fl_Output(int x, int y, int
|
||||
w, int h, const char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Output</TT> widget using the given position,
|
||||
size, and label string. The default boxtype is <TT>FL_DOWN_BOX</TT>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Output.~Fl_Output>virtual Fl_Output::~Fl_Output()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Output.value>const char *Fl_Output::value() const
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Output::value(const char*)
|
||||
<BR> int Fl_Output::value(const char*, int)</A></H4>
|
||||
The first form returns the current value, which is a pointer to the
|
||||
internal buffer and is valid only until the value is changed.
|
||||
<P>The second two forms change the text and set the mark and the point
|
||||
to the end of it. The string is copied to the internal buffer. Passing <TT>
|
||||
NULL</TT> is the same as "". This returns non-zero if the new value is
|
||||
different than the current one. You can use the second version to
|
||||
directly set the length if you know it already or want to put nul's in
|
||||
the text. </P>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Output.size>int Fl_Output::size() const</A></H4>
|
||||
Returns the number of characters in <TT>value()</TT>. This may be
|
||||
greater than <TT>strlen(value())</TT> if there are nul characters in
|
||||
it.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Output.index>char Fl_Output::index(int) const</A></H4>
|
||||
Same as <TT>value()[n]</TT>, but may be faster in plausible
|
||||
implementations. No bounds checking is done.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Output.textcolor>Fl_Color Fl_Output::textcolor() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Output::textcolor(Fl_Color)</A></H4>
|
||||
Gets or sets the color of the text in the input field.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Output.textfont>Fl_Font Fl_Output::textfont() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Output::textfont(Fl_Font)</A></H4>
|
||||
Gets or sets the font of the text in the input field.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Output.textsize>uchar Fl_Output::textsize() const
|
||||
<BR> void Fl_Output::textsize(uchar)</A></H4>
|
||||
Gets or sets the size of the text in the input field. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_Overlay_Window</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
<H2><A name=Fl_Overlay_Window>class Fl_Overlay_Window</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<A href=Fl_Double_Window.html#Fl_Double_Window>Fl_Double_Window</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_Overlay_Window</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_Overlay_Window.H>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
This window provides double buffering and also the ability to draw the
|
||||
"overlay" which is another picture placed on top of the main image. The
|
||||
overlay is designed to be a rapidly-changing but simple graphic such as
|
||||
a mouse selection box. <TT>Fl_Overlay_Window</TT> uses the overlay
|
||||
planes provided by your graphics hardware if they are available.
|
||||
<P>If no hardware support is found the overlay is simulated by drawing
|
||||
directly into the on-screen copy of the double-buffered window, and
|
||||
"erased" by copying the backbuffer over it again. This means the
|
||||
overlay will blink if you change the image in the window. </P>
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Overlay_Window.Fl_Overlay_Window>Fl_Overlay_Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Overlay_Window.~Fl_Overlay_Window>~Fl_Overlay_Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Overlay_Window.draw_overlay>draw_overlay</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A href=#Fl_Overlay_Window.redraw_overlay>redraw_overlay</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Overlay_Window.Fl_Overlay_Window>
|
||||
Fl_Overlay_Window::Fl_Overlay_Window(int x, int y, int w, int h, const
|
||||
char *label = 0)</A></H4>
|
||||
Creates a new <TT>Fl_Overlay_Window</TT> widget using the given
|
||||
position, size, and label (title) string.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Overlay_Window.~Fl_Overlay_Window>virtual
|
||||
Fl_Overlay_Window::~Fl_Overlay_Window()</A></H4>
|
||||
Destroys the window and all child widgets.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Overlay_Window.draw_overlay>virtual void
|
||||
Fl_Overlay_Window::draw_overlay() = 0</A></H4>
|
||||
You must subclass <TT>Fl_Overlay_Window</TT> and provide this method.
|
||||
It is just like a <TT>draw()</TT> method, except it draws the overlay.
|
||||
The overlay will have already been "cleared" when this is called. You
|
||||
can use any of the routines described in <A href="drawing.html#drawing"><FL/fl_draw.H></A>.
|
||||
<H4><A name=Fl_Overlay_Window.redraw_overlay>void Fl_Overlay_Window::redraw_overlay()</A>
|
||||
</H4>
|
||||
Call this to indicate that the overlay data has changed and needs to
|
||||
be redrawn. The overlay will be clear until the first time this is
|
||||
called, so if you want an initial display you must call this after
|
||||
calling <TT>show()</TT>. </BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Fl_PNG_Image</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE -->
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A name="Fl_PNG_Image">class Fl_PNG_Image</A></H2>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Class Hierarchy</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
<A href="Fl_RGB_Image.html">Fl_RGB_Image</A>
|
||||
|
|
||||
+----<B>Fl_PNG_Image</B>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Include Files</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
#include <FL/Fl_PNG_Image.H>
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Additional Libraries</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL><PRE>
|
||||
-lfltk_images / fltkimages.lib
|
||||
</PRE></UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <TT>Fl_PNG_Image</TT> class supports loading, caching,
|
||||
and drawing of Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image files. The
|
||||
class loads colormapped and full-color images and handles color-
|
||||
and alpha-based transparency.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Methods</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_PNG_Image.Fl_PNG_Image">Fl_PNG_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI><A href="#Fl_PNG_Image.~Fl_PNG_Image">~Fl_PNG_Image</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_PNG_Image.Fl_PNG_Image">Fl_PNG_Image::Fl_PNG_Image(const char *filename);</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The constructor loads the named PNG image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A name="Fl_PNG_Image.~Fl_PNG_Image">Fl_PNG_Image::~Fl_PNG_Image();</A></H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The destructor free all memory and server resources that are used by
|
||||
the image.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user